Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 916

Bataille

Catalogue : Motor starters solutions-Control protection components 06/07


Langue : EN
Numéro d'article : 814711 - Référence : MKTED205103EN Dernière mise à jour 03/04/2006

Date de Parution : 04-06

Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 1

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages

Introduction - Projet 1
Page de garde
G0008 1.0.0 Explication Simply Smart 2
EN ++ Page de garde /
G0012 1.0.0 Structure documentaire cat. Solutions départs-moteurs Constituants de commande et protection puissan 2
EN ++ * Page de garde /
Sommaire général (S)
S0460 1.0.0 General contents for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Index des références (R)
R0061 1.0.0 Index for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN * Index /

Chapitre 1 - Démarreurs et équipements nus - Projet 1


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0461 1.0.0 Contents chap 1 for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
TeSys généralités départs moteurs
24519 4.1.0 Niveaux de service des démarreurs TeSys 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
Guides de choix démarreurs et équipements nus
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 2

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
0248Q 3.0.0 Démarreurs et équipements nus TeSys 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
TeSys combinés GV2
24520 6.1.0 TeSys model GV2 ++-Démarreurs automatiques combinés 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24536 3.0.0 TeSys model GV2 ++-Démarreurs automatiques combinés 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
TeSys associations
24539 4.0.0 Démarreurs directs TeSys avec disjoncteurs - 2 produits 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24540 3.0.0 Démarreurs directs TeSys avec disjoncteurs et relais de protection - 3 produits 4
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24570 3.0.0 Départs directs avec integral 18, 32, 63 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24541 4.0.0 Démarreurs directs TeSys avec fusibles NF-C ou DIN 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24542 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle TeSys avec disjoncteurs - 2 produits 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24543 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle TeSys avec disjoncteurs et relais de protection - 3 produits 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24544 4.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle TeSys avec protection par fusibles NF-C ou DIN 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24545 3.0.0 Démarreurs directs et étoile-triangle TeSys avec protection par fusibles BS 2
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
TeSys LC
24546 3.0.0 TeSys model LC3, LC4-Démarreurs directs (4 à 37 kW) montés sur platine 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
24547 4.0.0 "TeSys model LC3, LC4-Démarreurs ""étoile-triangle"" (5,5 à 132 kW) montés sur platine ou sur profi 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande /
24548 5.1.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle TeSys modèle d à monter par vos soins 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24549 4.0.0 "TeSys model LC3, LC4-Démarreurs ""étoile-triangle"" (5,5 à 132 kW) montés sur platine ou sur profi 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
LC
25015 5.0.0 "TeSys model LC3, LC4-Démarreurs ""étoile-triangle"" (90 à 375 kW)" 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande /
25018 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle série F à monter par vos soins 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
25019 3.0.0 "TeSys model LC3, LC4-Démarreurs ""étoile-triangle"" (90 à 375 kW)" 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
TeSys modèle U jusqu'à 15 kW
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 3

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
0262Q 1.3.0 TeSys U-Démarreurs et équipements nus TeSys 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
24601 4.0.0 TeSys U-Démarreurs-contrôleurs 4
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
24605 7.0.0 TeSys U - Exemples d'applications 6
EN ++ Guide d'application et tables d'association /
24611 6.0.0 TeSys U-Bases puissance (1 et 2 sens de marche) 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24612 7.0.0 TeSys U - Contacts, système de précâblage, blocs limiteurs et accessoires 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande /
24614 5.0.0 TeSys U - Unités de contrôle 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
Atelier logiciel PowerSuite
60200 16.0. Atelier logiciel PowerSuite 4
EN ++ Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande /
TeSys modèle U jusqu'à 15 kW
24651 6.0.0 TeSys U - Contrôleurs 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande /
24617 5.0.0 TeSys U - Module de liaison parallèle 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24615 6.0.0 TeSys U-Modules de communication AS-Interface 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24735 3.0.0 TeSys U - Modules de communication Modbus 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24618 2.6.0 TeSys U-Passerelles de communication LUF P 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Dimensions - Encombrements / Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande /
24620 9.0.0 TeSys U - Démarreurs-contrôleurs 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24652 2.1.0 TeSys U-Contrôleurs (bases contrôle) 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements /
24621 1.4.0 TeSys U - Courbes de déclenchement et de limitation 4
EN ++ Courbes /
24622 1.1.0 TeSys U-Démarreurs-contrôleurs. Courbes selon catégorie d'emploi 2
EN ++ Courbes /
24630 2.4.0 TeSys U - Démarreurs-contrôleurs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements /
24640 8.0.0 TeSys U - Démarreurs-contrôleurs 8
EN ++ Schémas /
24641 3.0.0 TeSys U - Démarreurs-contrôleurs 4
EN ++ Schémas /
Intégral
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 4

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
21151 3.0.0 integral 18, 32, 63 6
EN ++ Présentation - Description / Terminologie /
21152 3.0.0 integral 18, 32, 63 4
EN ++ Guide de choix /
21153 4.0.0 integral 18 8
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Guide de choix /
21162 3.0.0 Additifs pour integral 18 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21163 3.0.0 Additifs pour integral 18 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21164 3.0.0 Accessoires et bobines pour integal 18 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21155 3.0.0 integral 18 - état des contacts 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
21156 4.0.0 integral 32 8
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Guide de choix /
21165 4.0.0 Integral 32 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21166 4.0.0 integal 32 en AC-1 2
EN ++ Guide de choix / Références - Documents de commande /
21167 3.0.0 Additifs pour integral 32 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21168 3.0.0 Bobines et accessoires pour integral 32 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21158 3.0.0 integral 32 - état des contacts 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
21159 4.0.0 integral 63 10
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Guide de choix /
21169 3.0.0 integral 63 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21170 4.0.0 integral 63 en AC-1 2
EN ++ Guide de choix / Références - Documents de commande /
21171 3.0.0 Additifs pour integral 63 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21172 3.0.0 Accessoires et bobines pour integral 63 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21161 3.0.0 integral 63 - état des contacts 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
21009 7.0.0 integral 18,32 et 63 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre /
21173 3.0.0 integral 18, 32 et 63 2
EN ++ Installation - Mise en oeuvre /
21011 8.0.0 integral 18, 32 et 63 4
EN ++ Schémas /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 5

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
Adaptateurs LA9-Z
24581 3.0.0 TeSys Platines pour montage sur jeux de barres (Vohner) 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24582 3.0.0 TeSys Platines pour montage sur jeux de barres (Vohner) 8
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24583 3.0.0 TeSys Platines pour montage sur jeux de barres (Vohner) 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements /
Tego Power
0124Q 6.0.0 Système d'aide à l'installation pour constituants de départs-moteurs 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
15020 8.0.0 Système d'aide à l'installation pour constituants de départs-moteurs 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
15021 8.0.0 Système d'aide à l'installation pour constituants de départs-moteurs 6
EN ++ Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande /
15025 5.0.0 Système d'aide à l'installation pour constituants de départs-moteurs 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
15026 5.0.0 Système d'aide à l'installation pour constituants de départs-moteurs 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Système de répartition de courant AK5
13230 5.0.0 Système de répartition de courant AK5 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Présentation - Description /
13231 4.0.0 Système de répartition de courant AK5 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande /
Guides de choix VVD
0605Q 6.0.0 Altivar 11...Altivar 71 - Guide de choix 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /

Chapitre 2 - Démarreurs et équipements en coffret - Projet 1


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0462 1.0.0 Contents chap 2 for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
TeSys guides de choix démarreurs et équipements en coffrets
0243Q 3.0.0 Démarreurs et équipements en coffret 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Démarreurs VARIO
23008 4.0.0 VARIO en coffret 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 6

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
23009 3.1.0 Additifs pour Vario en coffret 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23010 3.0.0 VARIO en coffret 2
EN ++ Schémas /
Démarreurs GV2
24720 2.0.0 TeSys-Démarreurs et équipements en coffret 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
GV2 sécurité
21058 2.1.0 TeSys-GV2 ME en coffret de sécurité 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
TeSys démarreurs manuels à disjoncteur magnétique
24110 3.0.0 Démarreurs à commande manuelle TeSys en coffret 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
TeSys LE
24101 4.1.0 Démarreurs directs en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24102 3.0.0 Démarreurs directs en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24103 5.0.0 Démarreurs directs en coffret avec sectionneur 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24104 3.0.0 Démarreurs directs en coffret avec sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24105 4.0.0 Démarreurs directs en coffret avec relais thermique triphasé 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
24111 4.0.0 Démarreurs directs en coffret avec disjoncteur magnéto-thermique et contacteur 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
24106 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24107 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24108 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle en coffret avec sectionneur 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24109 3.0.0 Démarreurs étoile-triangle en coffret avec sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24120 2.0.0 Eléments séparés de rechange pour démarreurs en coffret 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
LE
25017 5.0.0 Démarreurs F étoile-triangle en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
24034 4.0.0 Equipements AC-1 en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 7

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24044 3.0.0 Démarreurs et équipements en coffret sans sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24033 4.0.0 Equipements AC-1 en coffret avec sectionneur 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24045 3.0.0 Démarreurs et équipements en coffret avec sectionneur 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Démarreurs Intégral
21174 3.0.0 integral 18, 32 et 63 en coffret 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21175 3.0.0 integral 18, 32 et 63 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre /
Intégral
21015 4.0.0 integral 32 et 63 en coffret (sécurité) 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
Integral 18- 32- 63
21019 3.0.0 integral 32 et 63 en coffret (sécurité) 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21017 4.0.0 integral 32 et 63 (sécurité) 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
21013 3.0.0 integral 32 et 63 en coffret (sécurité) 2
EN ++ Schémas / Dimensions - Encombrements /
LG
24026 6.0.0 Démarreurs en coffret LG1, LG7 et LG8 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24028 3.0.0 Démarreurs en coffret LG1, LG7 et LG8 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
LJ
26044 4.1.0 Démarreurs LJ7 et LJ8 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26045 3.0.0 Démarreurs LJ7 et LJ8 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Guides de choix VVD
0614Q 4.2.0 Altistart 48-Démarreurs progressifs 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Guides de choix démarreurs et équipements en coffrets
0259Q 5.0.0 Démarreurs pour bus AS-i 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Constituants dédiés
24091 3.1.0 AS-interface-Démarreurs directs-V1 6
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 8

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24090 6.1.0 Démarreurs directs-V1 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24084 10.1. Démarreurs directs : LF1, LF2-V1 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24088 7.1.0 Démarreurs directs : LF7, LF8-V1 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
24089 5.1.0 Accessoires : démarreurs directs 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24095 4.1.0 AS-interface-Démarreurs directs : LF1/LF2/LF7/LF8-V1 8
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Raccordements / Schémas /
24087 8.1.0 Accessoires : démarreurs directs 2
EN ++ Raccordements /
Interfaces pour produits génériques
24584 4.1.0 Interface TeSys AS-interface : démarreurs-V1 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Dimensions - Encombrements / Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /

Chapitre 3 - Disjoncteurs moteurs - Projet 1


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0463 1.0.0 Contents chap 3 for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Guides de choix disjoncteurs-moteurs
0290Q 6.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs magnéto-thermiques 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
TeSys GV2
0291Q 6.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs-moteurs magnétiques 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
GV3
24509 1.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs-moteurs magnéto-thermiques 6
EN ++ * Caractéristiques - Performances /
GK3
24523 5.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs-moteurs magnétiques 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24513 6.0.0 TeSys-Additifs pour disjoncteurs 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
TeSys GV2
24521 3.0.0 TeSys-Choix des disjoncteurs-moteurs 22
EN ++ Courbes /
GV3
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 9

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24508 6.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs magnéto-thermiques 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
GK3
24522 6.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs-moteurs magnétiques 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24512 1.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs magnéto-thermiques - adjonctions 10
EN ++ * Références - Documents de commande /
GV3
24538 5.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs-moteurs magnéto-thermiques 8
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24527 5.0.0 TeSys-Disjoncteurs-moteurs magnétiques 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
GB2
0209Q 5.0.0 Disjoncteurs pour protection des circuit de contrôle 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
21092 3.0.0 Disjoncteurs magnéto-thermiques pour circuit de contrôle 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Guide de choix / Présentation - Description /
21093 4.0.0 Disjoncteurs magnéto-thermiques pour circuit de contrôle 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /

Chapitre 4 - Interrupteurs-sectionneurs - Projet


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0464 1.0.0 Contents chap 4 for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Vario
0212Q 5.0.0 VARIO et mini-VARIO 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
23011 5.0.0 VARIO et mini-VARIO 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
23007 3.0.0 Mini-VARIO pour applications standard 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23006 3.0.0 VARIO pour hautes performances 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23005 3.0.0 TeSys VARIO-Dispositifs de commande 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23004 5.0.0 Mini-VARIO 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
23003 5.0.0 VARIO 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 10

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
GS1
0210Q 4.0.0 Constituants de protection par fusibles 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Porte-fusibles LS1 - GK1
23041 6.0.0 Constituants de protection - Porte-fusibles 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
Sectionneurs LS1 - GK1
23026 6.0.0 Constituants de protection - Sectionneurs 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Guide de choix /
23027 5.0.0 Constituants de protection - Sectionneurs 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23028 6.0.0 Constituants de protection - Sectionneurs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Schémas /
GS1
0211Q 5.0.0 Interrupteurs-sectionneurs à fusibles (GS1) 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
23021 6.0.0 Constituants de protection - Interrupteurs-sectionneurs à fusibles de 32 à 1250 A 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
23023 7.0.0 Constituants de protection - Interrupteurs-sectionneurs à fusibles 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
23024 7.0.0 Constituants de protection - Interrupteurs-sectionneurs à fusibles de 32 à 1250 A 10
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23025 7.0.0 Constituants de protection - Interrupteurs-sectionneurs à fusibles de 32 à 1250 A 6
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
23029 3.0.0 Constituants de protection - Interrupteurs-sectionneurs à fusibles UL 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
23031 5.1.0 Constituants de protection - Cartouches fusibles 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /

Chapitre 5 - Contacteurs - Projet 1


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0465 1.0.0 Contents chap 5 for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Guides de choix contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs
0257Q 5.0.0 Contacteurs 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
0239Q 3.0.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
TeSys modèle k
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 11

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24401 3.0.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24402 3.1.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs en AC-3 et AC-4 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24403 3.1.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs en AC-1 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24404 3.1.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs-inverseurs en AC-3 et AC-4 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24405 3.1.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs-inverseurs en AC-1 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24406 3.1.0 TeSys model k-Additifs et accessoires 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24407 3.1.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24408 3.0.0 TeSys model k-Contacteurs-inverseurs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Série SK
22100 3.0.0 Mini-contacteurs série SK 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
22101 3.0.0 Mini-contacteurs série SK 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
22102 3.0.0 Mini-contacteurs série SK 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
SKGC
22103 3.0.0 Mini-contacteurs type LC1 SKGC pour montage en tableau modulaire 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
22104 3.0.0 Mini-contacteurs type LC1 SKGC pour montage en tableau modulaire 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
22105 3.0.0 Mini-contacteurs type LC1 SKGC pour montage en tableau modulaire 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre /
TeSys modèle d
0246Q 4.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
0247Q 4.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs basse conso. 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
24505 9.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24506 6.0.0 TeSys model d-Additifs pour contacteurs 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24501 7.1.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs pour commande en AC-3 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 12

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24502 9.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs pour commande en AC-1 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24503 7.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs-inverseurs pour commande en AC-3 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24510 6.1.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs-inverseurs pour commande en AC-1 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24504 6.1.0 TeSys model d-Eléments séparés pour réalisation de contacteurs-inverseurs 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24511 12.1. TeSys d - Additifs et accessoires pour contacteurs 8
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24507 6.0.0 TeSys model d-Bobines pour contacteurs 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24531 7.1.0 TeSys - Contacteurs modèle d 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements /
24532 4.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs 2
EN ++ Schémas /
24533 6.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs-inverseurs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
24569 3.0.0 TeSys model d-Contacteurs spécifiques pour commande de condensateurs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Guide de choix / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
Guides de choix contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs
0204Q 4.0.0 Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs modèles F et LC1 B 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Série F
25007 10.0. TeSys model f-Contacteurs 8
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
25008 5.0.0 TeSys model f-Contacteurs 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
25012 8.0.0 TeSys model f-Contacteurs-inverseurs 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
25010 10.0. TeSys model f-Additifs et accessoires 6
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
25030 3.0.0 TeSys model f-Eléments séparés pour inverseurs 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
25014 7.0.0 TeSys model f - Bobines pour contacteurs 10
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
25011 6.0.0 TeSys model f-Contacteurs 6
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Schémas /
25013 5.0.0 TeSys model f-Contacteurs-inverseurs 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
25031 4.0.0 TeSys model f-Inverseurs de sources grande puissance 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 13

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
25032 4.0.0 TeSys model f-Inverseurs de sources grande puissance 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Retardateurs d'ouverture capacitifs
26061 4.0.0 Contacteurs - Retardateurs d'ouverture capacitifs 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande /
LC1-B
26100 4.0.0 Contacteurs LC1-B 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
26101 4.0.0 Contacteurs LC1-B en AC1 et AC3 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26102 4.0.0 Accessoires, éléments de rechange pour contacteurs LC1-B 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Références - Documents de commande /
26105 4.0.0 Bobines pour contacteurs LC1-B 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26103 4.0.0 Contacteurs LC1-B 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Services et divers
X0009 3.0.0 Courant des moteurs 2
EN ++ Services et divers /
Généralités et choix
24001 4.10. Quelques définitions 2
EN ++ Terminologie /
TeSys généralités et choix
24565 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour catégorie d'emploi AC-3 4
EN ++ Courbes / Guide de choix /
24561 3.0.0 Contacteurs (choix en AC-1) 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
24566 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour catégories d'emploi AC-2 ou AC-4 4
EN ++ Courbes / Guide de choix /
24560 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour catégories d'emploi DC-1 à DC-5 4
EN ++ Courbes / Guide de choix /
24567 3.0.0 TeSys-Contacteurs pour circuits d'éclairage 6
EN ++ Guide de choix /
24562 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour circuits de chauffage 2
EN ++ Guide de choix / Schémas /
24564 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour la commande de primaires de transformateurs et de condensateurs 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
24568 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour démarrage par autotransformateur 2
EN ++ Courbes / Guide d'application et tables d'association / Schémas /
24571 3.0.0 Contacteurs pour circuits rotoriques des moteurs à bagues 2
EN ++ Guide de choix / Présentation - Description /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 14

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24572 3.0.0 Commande à grande distance 4
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
Généralités et choix
24050 6.0.0 TeSys-Contacteurs pour le marché nord-américain 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
CV1-CV3-LC1B Contacteurs à composition variable
0236Q 3.10. Contacteurs à composition variable CV1, CV3 et LC1-B 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
26218 3.0.0 Contacteurs à composition variable CV 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
Contacteurs sous vide
26203 2.0.0 Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs sous vide tripolaires 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Guide de choix /
26204 2.0.0 Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs sous vide tripolaires 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
26205 1.0.0 Contacteurs et contacteurs-inverseurs sous vide tripolaires 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
CR1
26001 5.0.0 CR1F-Contacteurs à accrochage magnétique 6
EN ++ * Présentation - Description /
26002 5.0.0 CR1F-Contacteurs à accrochage magnétique 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
26003 5.0.0 CR1F-Contacteurs à accrochage magnétique 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26004 5.0.0 CR1F-Eléments séparés 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26005 6.0.0 Bobines pour contacteurs CR1F 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26006 5.0.0 Bobines pour contacteurs CR1B 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26007 5.0.0 CR1F-Eléments de rechange 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
26008 5.0.0 CR1F-Contacteurs à accrochage magnétique 8
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Schémas /
GC2000
0255Q 3.0.0 Guide de choix de l'appareillage modulaire 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
20002 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires 2
EN ++ Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Présentation - Description /
20003 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires 4
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 15

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
20004 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
20005 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
20006 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
20081 3.0.0 Télérupteurs modulaires, type GF 16 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
20082 3.0.0 Télérupteurs modulaires type GF 16 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
20083 3.0.0 Télérupteurs modulaires type GF 16 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
20012 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires pour tarification jour-nuit 2
EN ++ Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Présentation - Description /
20014 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires pour tarification jour-nuit 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
20015 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires pour tarification jour-nuit 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
20016 3.0.0 Contacteurs modulaires pour tarification jour-nuit 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /

Chapitre 6 - Relais de protection - Projet 1


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0466 1.0.0 Contents chap 6 for Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Guides de choix relais de protection
0254Q 4.0.0 Relais de protection 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Généralités
27002 3.0.0 Constituants de protection - Protection des moteurs 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
27003 3.0.0 Constituants de protection - Protection des moteurs (suite) 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
LR.-K
22008 4.10. Relais de protection thermique série K 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
22009 5.20. Relais de protection thermique série K 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
TeSys relais modèle d
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 16

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
24516 3.0.0 Relais de protection thermique modèle d 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Présentation - Description /
24514 5.0.0 Relais de protection thermique TeSys d 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24515 6.2.0 Accessoires pour relais de protection thermique modèle d 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24534 5.2.0 Relais de protection thermique modèle d 4
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Schémas /
LR9-F
27071 5.0.0 TeSys model LR9-Relais LR9-F 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Présentation - Description /
27074 4.0.0 TeSys model LR9-Relais LR9-F 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
27075 5.0.0 TeSys model LR9-Accessoires pour relais LR9-F 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
27073 6.0.0 TeSys model LR9-Relais LR9-F 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
LR97D
24517 5.6.0 Relais de surcharge électroniques instantanés 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Courbes / Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Présentation - Description / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /
LT6
27055 6.0.0 TeSys model LT6-Relais multifonction LT6-P (fonctions) 2
EN ++ Présentation - Description /
27056 6.1.0 TeSys model LT6-Relais multifonction LT6-P 6
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Courbes /
27057 6.1.0 TeSys model LT6-Relais multifonction LT6-P 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
27058 4.1.0 TeSys model LT6-Relais multifonction LT6-P 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre /
27059 4.0.0 TeSys model LT6-Relais multifonction LT6-P 6
EN ++ Schémas /
LT3
0231Q 3.0.0 TeSys model LT3-Dispositifs de commande LT3 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
27064 4.0.0 TeSys model LT3-Dispositifs de commande 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Présentation - Description /
27065 3.0.0 TeSys model LT3-Dispositifs de commande 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
27066 4.0.0 TeSys model LT3-Dispositifs de commande 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Schémas /
RM1-XA
Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 17

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
27031 4.0.0 Relais unipolaires de protection RM1 XA 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances / Dimensions - Encombrements / Références - Documents de commande / Schémas /

Chapitre 7 - Fonctions additionnelles d'automatisme - Projet 1


Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0467 1.0.0 Contents chap 7 for Motor starter solutions - Control and protection components 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Contacteurs auxiliaires série K
22002 10.0. Mini-contacteurs auxiliaires série K 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
22003 9.0.0 Mini-contacteurs auxiliaires série K 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
22004 7.0.0 Mini-contacteurs auxiliaires série K 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Installation - Mise en oeuvre / Schémas /
Contacteurs auxiliaires série SK
22200 5.0.0 Mini-contacteurs auxiliaires 2
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
22201 5.0.0 Mini-contacteurs auxiliaires CA2 et CA3 2
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
22202 5.0.0 Mini-contacteurs auxiliaires 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
TeSys contacteurs auxiliaires modèle d
24526 5.1.0 Contacteurs auxiliaires TeSys modèle d 4
EN ++ Caractéristiques - Performances /
24525 11.0. Contacteurs auxiliaires TeSys modèle d 4
EN ++ Références - Documents de commande /
24537 4.1.0 Contacteurs auxiliaires TeSys modèle d 2
EN ++ Dimensions - Encombrements / Schémas /
Zelio Time
0249Q 3.0.0 Zelio Time-Relais temporisés 2
EN ++ Guide de choix /
Zelio Control RM4
0227Q 2.1.0 Relais de mesure et de contrôle 4
EN ++ Guide de choix /

Chapitre 8 - Services - Projet 1


Date : 31/08/2006 / Heure : 09:40

Page 18

N° module,
Langue et
version
pour ce Titre module Nb
catalogue Contenu pages
Sommaire chapitre (S)
S0477 1.0.0 "Contents chapter 8 cat ""Motor starter solutions - Control and protection components"" 2005." 2
EN ++ * Sommaire /
Services et divers
X0009 3.0.0 Courant des moteurs 2
EN ++ Services et divers /
X0002 3.1.0 Traitement de protection du matériel 2
EN ++ Services et divers /
X0008 5.1.0 Normes et certifications de produits (généralités) 2
EN ++ Services et divers /
X0004 4.0.0 Degrés de protection procurés par les enveloppes 2
EN ++ Services et divers /
Page de lancement (L)
L0005 2.0.0 Page de lancement TEST 2
EN ++ * Générique
Page de garde
G0003 2.0.0 Introduction à TE.com + Essentiel (3ème de couv.) 2
EN ++ Page de garde /
Couverture
C0074 1.0.0 Couv. catalogue Solutions départs-moteurs 2006-2007 2
EN ++ * Couverture /
288 Total nombre de modules Total nombre de pages 892
Sommaire 0
1 - TeSys motor starters -
open version

b Levels of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 1/4


1
Combination automatic motor starters
b D.O.L. starters, type 1 coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6

b D.O.L. starters, type 2 coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/10

Combination starters for customer assembly


b D.O.L. starters

v With circuit-breaker and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker . .page 1/16
v With circuit-breaker and overload protection by separate thermal
overload relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/18
v With integral 18, 32, 63 contactor breakers with overload protection
by separate module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/22
v With fuse protection (NF C or DIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/24
v With fuse protection (BS fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/32

b Star-delta starters

v With circuit-breaker and overload protection built into the circuit-


breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/26
v With circuit-breaker and overload protection by separate overload
relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/28
v With fuse protection (NF C or DIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/30
v With fuse protection (BS fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/33

D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control


b 4 to 37 kW, with isolating device, pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/34

Star-delta starters for motor control


b 5.5 to 132 kW, without isolating device, pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/37

b 7.5 to 132 kW, without mechanical interlock, for customer assembly . . page 1/39

b 90 to 375 kW,

v Without isolating device, pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/45


v On chassis for customer assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/47

TeSys U starter-controllers
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 1/52

b TeSys U starter-controllers

v Presentation and application examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/54


v Non-reversing and reversing power bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/64
v Add-on contact blocks and auxiliary contact modules . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/66
v Power connection pre-wired system, limiter blocks and accessories . page 1/67
v Standard and advanced control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/69
v Multifunction control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/70
v Function modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/71

b PowerSuite software workshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/72

b TeSys U controllers

v Control bases and control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/76

b Parallel wiring module and pre-wired coil connection components . . . . page 1/80

1/0
b AS-Interface communication modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/82

b Modbus communication modules and pre-wired coil connection


components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/84 1
b Communication gateways LUF P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/86

integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers


and reversing contactor breakers
b General, terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 1/116

b Equipment selection for starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/122

b Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18 . . . . . . page 1/126

b Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 . . . . . . page 1/144

b Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 63 . . . . . . page 1/166

Adaptators for use with busbar system


b With 40 mm and 60 mm pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/200

TeSys Quickfit installation system for motor starter


components
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/212

b Power circuit pre-wiring components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/219

b Control-command pre-wiring components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/221

Pre-assembled panel busbar system AK5


b Busbar systems, removable power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/234

b Component mounting plates, extension plates, control terminal


blocks, accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/235

b Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/238

1/1
General 1
TeSys motor starters 1

Levels of service

Type 1 and type 2 coordination according to the standard


The standard defines tests at different levels of current; the purpose of these tests is
1 to place the equipment in extreme conditions.
The standard defines 2 types of coordination, according to the condition of the
components after testing:
type 1,
type 2.
To determine the type of coordination, the standard requires that the behaviour of the
equipment be tested under overload and short-circuit conditions for 3 fault current
values, covering overload and short-circuit conditions.

Type 1 coordination
Type 1 coordination requires that in a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter
must not present any danger to personnel or installations and must not be able to
resume operation without repair or the replacement of parts.

Type 2 coordination
Type 2 coordination requires that In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter
must not present any danger to personnel or installations and must subsequently
be able to resume operation. The risk of contact welding is permissible; in this case,
the manufacturer must indicate measures to be taken regarding maintenance of the
equipment.

Type 2 coordination increases reliability of operation.

t
Current values
Overload zone Low-level Short-circuit zone Current “Ico” (overload I < 10 In)
short-circuit zone The thermal overload relay associated with the contactor provides protection against
this type of fault, up to a value Ico (see curve) defined by the manufacturer.

Standard IEC 60947-4-1 specifies the 2 current values to be used for checking
coordination between the thermal overload relay and the short-circuit protection
device:
1 2 b at 0.75 Ico only the thermal overload relay must trip,
4 b at 1.25 Ico the short-circuit protection device must operate.
5
Current “r” (low level short-circuit 10 < I < 50 In)
The main cause of this type of fault is the deterioration of insulating materials.
Standard IEC 60947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit current “r”. This test
current makes it possible to check whether the protection device is providing
protection against low-level short-circuits.
7
Operational current Ie (AC-3) (A) Current “r” (kA)
3 6 Ie y 16 1
1 10 50 a k In
16 < Ie y 63 3
In Ir Iq
0,75 Ico 1,25 Ico 63 < Ie y 125 5
Ico
125 < Ie y 315 10
1 Thermal overload relay curve. 315 < Ie y 630 18
2 Fuse. 630 < Ie y 1000 30
3 Tripping of thermal overload relay only.
4 Thermal limit of the circuit-breaker. Current “Iq” (short-circuit > current “r”)
5 Thermal overload relay limit. This type of fault corresponds to a dead short and is relatively rare. It can be caused
6 Current broken by the SCPD (1). by a connection error during maintenance work. Short-circuit protection is provided
7 Circuit breaker magnetic trip. by fast operating devices.

Standard IEC 60947-4-1 defines a current “Iq”. The coordination tables supplied by
Schneider Electric are based on a current “Iq” that is generally u 50 kA.

(1) SCPD: short-circuit protection device.

1/2
General (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters 1

Levels of service

Selection

No coordination Considerable risks to both persons and


equipment.
1
Not authorised by standards:
v NF C 15-100 and IEC 60364-1, article 133-1
(installation regulations),
v EN/IEC 60204-1, article 7
(electrical equipment in machines),
v IEC 60947-4-1, article 8.2.5. (starters)

Type 1 coordination The most frequently used solution.


b Equipment costs are lower.
b Reliability of operation is not a requirement.
b Before restarting, it may be necessary to repair the
motor starter.

Consequences:
v significant amount of machine downtime,
v skilled maintenance personnel required to repair,
check, obtain supplies.

Example: air conditioning in commercial premises.

Type 2 coordination This solution ensures reliability of operation.

Consequences:
v reduced machine downtime,
v reduced maintenance after a short-circuit.

Example: escalators.

Total coordination With this solution, no damage or misadjustment is


permissible and reliability of operation is
guaranteed.

Consequences:
v immediate return to service,
v no special precautions required.

Examples: smoke extraction, fire-fighting pumps.

1/3
Selection guide 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Applications Pre-assembled starters

1 Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters Machines starting
under no-load:
star-delta starters

Starter type D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker D.O.L. starters with Soft start units or
fuse protection star-delta starters to
be used in association
with a circuit-breaker
or fuses

Level of service Type 1 coordination Type 2 coordination – –

Power at 400 V Up to 5.5 kW Up to 37 kW Up to 37 kW Up to 132 kW

Type of components Combination automatic motor starter Fuse carrier + plate 3 contactors (line, star
with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker mounted contactor and delta, mounted on
plate, rail or chassis)

Pages 1/6 and 1/7 1/8 and 1/9 1/10 and 1/11 1/34 1/37

1/4
1
1

Starters for customer assembly

Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters


Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters
1

D.O.L. or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers D.O.L. or star-delta starters with fuses

Total coordination Type 1 and type 2 coordination – –

Up to 30 kW Up to 110 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 355 kW

Contactor-breaker Thermal magnetic Thermal-magnetic Fuse carrier Switch-disconnector-fuse


circuit-breaker circuit-breaker + contactor(s) + contactor(s)
+ contactor(s) + contactor(s) + thermal overload relay + thermal overload relay
+ thermal overload relay

1/22 and 1/23 1/16 and 1/17 1/18 and 1/19 1/24 1/25, 1/31
1/26 and 1/27 1/28 and 1/29 1/30 1/32 and 1/33

1/5
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters


with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

1 This pre-assembled combination comprises:


b 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2 ME,
b 1 3-pole contactor,
b 1 combination block GV2 AF01.

Characteristics
Starter type GV2 ME06K1 ME07K1 ME08K1 ME10K1 ME14K1 ME16K1
Breaking Conforming to 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15
capacity (lq) IEC 60947-4-1
(1) 440 V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8

500 V kA 50 50 50 50 10 (4 kW) 6
6 (5.5 kW)

References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic
50-60 Hz in AC-3 thermal tripping
400/ 440 V 500 V trips current Motor Contactor Basic reference,
415 V 13 Irth circuit-breaker Reference to to be completed
Reference be completed by adding the
(3) voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.37 0.37 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2 ME06 LC1 K06 GV2 ME06K1pp 0.460
0.55 0.55 0.55
– – 0.75

0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2 ME07 LC1 K06 GV2 ME07K1pp 0.460
– 1.1 1.1

1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2 ME08 LC1 K06 GV2 ME08K1pp 0.460
1.5 1.5 2.2

2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2 ME10 LC1 K06 GV2 ME10K1pp 0.460
– 3 3

GV2 ME10K1pp 3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2 ME14 LC1 K09 GV2 ME14K1pp 0.460
4 4 5.5

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2 ME16 LC1 K12 GV2 ME16K1pp 0.460

Add-on blocks
Description Sold in Unit Weight
lots of reference kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2 AF01 0.020

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c (4) BW3 – – – – –
(3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.

Dimensions : Schemes :
page 1/12 page 1/14

1/6
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters


with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises:


b 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2 ME,
1
b 1 3-pole reversing contactor,
b 1 combination block GV2 AF01.

Characteristics
Starter type GV2 ME06K2 ME07K2 ME08K2 ME10K2 ME14K2 ME16K2
Breaking Conforming to 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15
capacity (lq) IEC 60947-4-1
(1) 440 V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8

500 V kA 50 50 50 50 10 (4 kW) 6
6 (5.5 kW)

References
D.O.L. starters, reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic
50-60 Hz in AC-3 thermal tripping
400/ 440 V 500 V trips current Motor Contactor Basic reference,
415 V 13 Irth circuit-breaker Reference to to be completed
Reference be completed by adding the
(3) voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.37 0.37 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2 ME06 LC2 K06 GV2 ME06K2pp 0.460
0.55 0.55 0.55
– – 0.75

0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2 ME07 LC2 K06 GV2 ME07K2pp 0.460
– 1.1 1.1

1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2 ME08 LC2 K06 GV2 ME08K2pp 0.460
GV2 ME10K2 pp 1.5 1.5 2.2

2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2 ME10 LC2 K06 GV2 ME10K2pp 0.460
– 3 3

3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2 ME14 LC2 K09 GV2 ME14K2pp 0.460


4 4 5.5

5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2 ME16 LC2 K12 GV2 ME16K2pp 0.460

Add-on blocks
Description Sold in Unit Weight
lots of reference kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2 AF01 0.020

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c (4) BW3 – – – – –
(3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.

Dimensions : Schemes :
page 1/12 page 1/14

1/7
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters


with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 37 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

1 This pre-assembled combination comprises:


b 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2 ME or GV3 ME,
b 1 3-pole contactor,
b 1 combination block GV2 AF3 (for GV2 DM) or 3 power connections (for GV3 DM).

Characteristics
Starter type GV2/GV3 DM DM DM DM DM DM DM DM DM DM DM DM
102 to 114 116 120 121 122 132 138 140 150 163 180
DM
110
Breaking Conforming to 400/415 V kA 50 50 15 15 15 15 10 35 35 35 35 35
capacity (lq) IEC 60947-4-1 440 V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6 25 25 25 25 10
(1)
500 V kA 50 6 6 6 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 4
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic
50-60 Hz in AC-3 thermal tripping
400/ 440 V 500 V trips current Motor Contactor Basic reference,
415 V 13 Irth circuit-breaker Reference to to be completed
Reference be completed by adding the
(2) voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2 ME02 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM102pp (3) 0.596
0.09 0.09 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2 ME03 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM103pp (3) 0.596
– 0.12
0.12 – – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2 ME04 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM104pp (3) 0.596
0.18 0.18 –
0.25 0.25 – 0.63…1 13 GV2 ME05 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM105pp (3) 0.596
0.37 0.37 –
– – 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2 ME06 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM106pp (3) 0.596
0.55 0.55 0.55
– – 0.75
0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2 ME07 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM107pp (3) 0.596
– 1.1 1.1
GV2 DM102pp
1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2 ME08 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM108pp (3) 0.596
1.5 1.5 2.2
2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2 ME10 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM110pp (3) 0.596
– 3 3
3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2 ME14 LC1 D09pp GV2 DM114pp (3) 0.596
4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2 ME16 LC1 D12pp GV2 DM116pp 0.601
7.5 7.5 – 13…18 223 GV2 ME20 LC1 D18pp GV2 DM120pp 0.606
– 9 9
9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2 ME21 LC1 D25pp GV2 DM121pp 0.646
11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2 ME22 LC1 D25pp GV2 DM122pp 0.646
15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2 ME32 LC1 D32pp GV2 DM132pp 0.651
18.5 18.5 18.5 25…40 520 – – GV3 DM138pp 1.965
18.5 22 22 25…40 520 – – GV3 DM140pp 2.917
22 25 30 40…63 819 – – GV3 DM150pp 2.917
30 30 37 40…63 819 – – GV3 DM163pp 2.917
37 45 55 56…80 1040 – – GV3 DM180pp 3.044
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting Sold in Unit Weight
of GV2 lots of reference kg
Combination block between 5 rail 10 GV2 AF3 0.016
circuit-breaker and contactor Mounting plate 10 GV2 AF4 0.016
LAD 311
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (4) BD – –
(3) Type 2 coordination also possible, see page 1/17.
(4) Only available for GV2 DM. Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Dimensions : Schemes :
pages 1/12 and 1/13 page 1/14

1/8
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters


with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises:


b 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2 ME,
1
b 1 3-pole reversing contactor,
b 1 combination block GV2 AF3.

Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DM202 to DM214 DM216 DM220 DM221 DM222 DM232
DM210
Breaking Conforming to 400/415 V kA 50 50 15 15 15 15 10
capacity (lq) IEC 60947-4-1
(1) 440 V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6

500 V kA 50 10 6 6 4 4 4
References
D.O.L. starters, reversing (3)
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic
50-60 Hz in AC-3 thermal tripping
400/ 440 V 500 V trips current Motor Contactor Basic reference,
415 V 13 Irth circuit-breaker Reference to to be completed
Reference be completed by adding the
(4) voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2 ME02 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM202pp 0.963

0.09 0.09 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2 ME03 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM203pp 0.963
– 0.12
0.12 – – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2 ME04 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM204pp 0.963
0.18 0.18 –
0.25 0.25 – 0.63…1 13 GV2 ME05 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM205pp 0.963
0.37 0.37 –
– – 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2 ME06 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM206pp 0.963
0.55 0.55 0.55
– – 0.75
GV2 DM202pp 0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2 ME07 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM207pp 0.963
– 1.1 1.1
1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2 ME08 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM208pp 0.963
1.5 1.5 2.2
2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2 ME10 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM210pp 0.963
– 3 3
3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2 ME14 LC2 D09pp GV2 DM214pp 0.963
4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2 ME16 LC2 D12pp GV2 DM216pp 0.973

7.5 7.5 – 13…18 223 GV2 ME20 LC2 D18pp GV2 DM220pp 0.983
– 9 9
9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2 ME21 LC2 D25pp GV2 DM221pp 1.063

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2 ME22 LC2 D25pp GV2 DM222pp 1.063

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2 ME32 LC2 D32pp GV2 DM232pp 1.073

Add-on blocks
Description Mounting Sold in Unit Weight
of GV2 lots of reference kg
Combination block between 5 rail 10 GV2 AF3 0.016
circuit-breaker and contactor Mounting plate 10 GV2 AF4 0.016
LAD 311
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (5) BD – –
(3) Type 2 coordination also possible, see page 1/19.
(4) See page 5/58.
(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Dimensions : Schemes :
page 1/12 page 1/15

1/9
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters


with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination

1 This pre-assembled combination comprises:


b 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2 P,
b 1 3-pole contactor,
b 1 combination block GV2 AF3.

Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DP102 to DP114 DP116 DP120 DP121 DP122 DP132
DP110
Breaking Conforming to 400/415 V kA 130 130 130 50 50 50 50
capacity (lq) IEC 60947-4-1
(1) 440 V kA 130 130 50 20 20 20 20

500 V kA 130 50 42 10 10 10 10
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic
50-60 Hz in AC-3 thermal tripping
400/ 440 V 500 V trips current Motor Contactor Basic reference,
415 V 13 Irth circuit-breaker Reference to to be completed
Reference be completed by adding the
(3) voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2 P02 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP102pp 0.686

– 0.09 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2 P03 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP103pp 0.686


0.09 0.12
0.12 – – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2 P04 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP104pp 0.686
0.18 0.18 –
0.25 0.25 – 0.63…1 13 GV2 P05 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP105pp 0.686
0.37 0.37 –
– – 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2 P06 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP106pp 0.686
0.55 0.55 0.55
– – 0.75
0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2 P07 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP107pp 0.686
GV2 DP102pp – 1.1 1.1
1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2 P08 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP108pp 0.696
1.5 1.5 2.2
2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2 P10 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP110pp 0.736
– 3 3
3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2 P14 LC1 D09pp GV2 DP114pp 0.736
4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2 P16 LC1 D25pp GV2 DP116pp 0.741
– 7.5 9
7.5 9 – 13…18 223 GV2 P20 LC1 D25pp GV2 DP120pp 0.736

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2 P21 LC1 D25pp GV2 DP121pp 0.741

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2 P22 LC1 D25pp GV2 DP122pp 0.741

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2 P32 LC1 D32pp GV2 DP132pp 0.741

Add-on blocks
Description Mounting Sold in Unit Weight
of GV2 lots of reference kg
Combination block between 5 rail 10 GV2 AF3 0.016
circuit-breaker and contactor Mounting plate 10 GV2 AF4 0.016
LAD 311
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (4) BD – –
(3) See page 5/58.
(4) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Dimensions : Schemes :
page 1/13 page 1/15

1/10
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters


with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises:


b 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2 P,
1
b 1 3-pole reversing contactor,
b 1 combination block GV2 AF3.

Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DP202 to DP214 DP216 DP220 DP221 DP222 DP232
DP210
Breaking Conforming to 400/415 V kA 130 130 130 50 50 50 50
capacity (lq) IEC 60947-4-1
(1) 440 V kA 130 130 50 20 20 20 20

500 V kA 130 50 42 10 10 10 10
References
D.O.L. starters, reversing
Standard power ratings Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
of 3-phase motors range of magnetic
50-60 Hz in AC-3 thermal tripping
400/ 440 V 500 V trips current Motor Contactor Basic reference,
415 V 13 Irth circuit-breaker Reference to to be completed
Reference be completed by adding the
(3) voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.06 0.06 – 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2 P02 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP202pp 1.053

– 0.09 – 0.25…0.40 5 GV2 P03 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP203pp 1.053


0.09 0.12
0.12 – – 0.40…0.63 8 GV2 P04 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP204pp 1.053
0.18 0.18 –
0.25 0.25 – 0.63…1 13 GV2 P05 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP205pp 1.053
0.37 0.37 –
– – 0.37 1…1.6 22.5 GV2 P06 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP206pp 1.053
0.55 0.55 0.55
– – 0.75
GV2 DP202pp 0.75 0.75 – 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2 P07 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP207pp 1.053
– 1.1 1.1
1.1 – 1.5 2.5…4 51 GV2 P08 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP208pp 1.073
1.5 1.5 2.2
2.2 2.2 – 4…6.3 78 GV2 P10 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP210pp 1.153
– 3 3
3 – 4 6…10 138 GV2 P14 LC2 D09pp GV2 DP214pp 1.153
4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 9…14 170 GV2 P16 LC2 D25pp GV2 DP216pp 1.163
– 7.5 9
7.5 9 – 13…18 223 GV2 P20 LC2 D25pp GV2 DP220pp 1.153

9 11 11 17…23 327 GV2 P21 LC2 D25pp GV2 DP221pp 1.163

11 – 15 20…25 327 GV2 P22 LC2 D25pp GV2 DP222pp 1.163

15 15 18.5 24…32 416 GV2 P32 LC2 D32pp GV2 DP232pp 1.163

Add-on blocks
Description Mounting Sold in Unit Weight
of GV2 lots of reference kg
Combination block between 5 rail 10 GV2 AF3 0.016
circuit-breaker and contactor Mounting plate 10 GV2 AF4 0.016
LAD 311
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (4) BD – –
(3) See page 5/58.
(4) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.

Dimensions : Schemes :
page 1/13 page 1/15

1/11
Dimensions, TeSys motor starters - open
mounting 1
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters

GV2 MEppKppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 GV2 MEppK1pp GV2 MEppK2pp

152

152
11 66 45 90
87

GV2 DMppppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 With adapter plate LAD 311 GV2 DM1pppp GV2 DM2pppp

1
b

b
125 ± 3
234

c1 45 90
c

c1
c
d1
d

GV2 DMp02pp to DMp21pp to GV2 DMp02pp to DMp21pp to


DMp20pp DMp32pp DMp20pp DMp32pp
b 176.4 186.8 c 135.6 141.9
c 99.6 105.9 c1 130.1 136.4
c1 94.1 100.4 d 112.5 112.5
d1 107 107

References :
pages 1/6 to 1/11

1/12
Dimensions, TeSys motor starters - open
mounting (continued) 1 version 1

Combination automatic motor starters

GV2 DPppppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 With adapter plate LAD 311 GV2 DP1pppp GV2 DP2pppp

1
1

b
125 ± 3
234
c1 45 90
c
d1
d c1
c

GV2 DPp02pp to DPp10pp to GV2 DPp02pp to DPp10pp to


DPp08pp DPp32pp DPp08pp DPp32pp
b 176.4 186.8 c 141.6 147.9
c 105.6 111.9 c1 136.5 142.4
c1 100.1 106.4
d 100.5 100.5
d1 95 95

GV3 DMppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 Screw fixing
125

125

266
283

283

c1 80 4 x Ø4
c

GV3 DM138 DM140, DM180


150,
163
c 147 149 156
c1 137 139 146

References :
pages 1/6 to 1/11

1/13
1
A2 A1 A2 A1

1/14
T1/2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1 T1/2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1

References :
T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2 T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2

pages 1/6 to 1/11


T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3 T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3

GV2 MEppK1pp
14 13/NO 14 13/NO
Schemes

22 21/NC

GV2 DM1pppp, GV3 DM1pppp


1

A2 A1
A2 A1

2 1 L1 2/T1 1/L1 T1/2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1

4 3 L2 4/T2 3/L2 T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2

6 5 L3 6/T3 5/L3 T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3

GV2 DM2pppp
GV2 MEppK2pp
version

14 13/NO 14 13/NO
22 21/NC

U 2 1 T1/2 1/L1

V 4 3 T2/4 3/L2

W 6 5 T3/6 5/L3
14 13/NO 14 13/NO
22 21/NC A2 A1

A2 A1
Combination automatic motor starters
TeSys motor starters - open
1
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open
version 1

Combination automatic motor starters

GV2 DP1pppp GV2 DP2pppp

1
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3
1/L1 2/T1

3/L2 4/T2

5/L3 6/T3

L1 2/T1

L2 4/T2

L3 6/T3
13/NO
21/NC
A1
A2

13/NO

13/NO
22
14

21/NC

21/NC
T1/2

T2/4

T3/6

3
5

5
1

1
A1

A1
A2

A2
22

22
6
14

6
14
2

W
U

Mechanical interlock with integral electrical contacts


Control circuit a Control circuit c

A1

A1

A2
A2
A1

A1
01

02

02
01

01

01

— KM1 — KM2
A1

A1
02

— KM1 — KM2 — KM1 — KM2


02

A2

A2
A2

A2

References :
pages 1/6 to 1/11

1/15
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker
and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor
1 motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
Reference Setting
range of
Reference (2)

P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) thermal trips


kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A
0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 – – – GV2 ME02 0.16…0.25 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09

0.09 0.28 50
0.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 – – – GV2 ME03 0.25…0.40 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
0.12 0.42 50 – – – – – –
0.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 – – – GV2 ME04 0.40…0.63 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
0.25 0.88 50 0.25 0.76 50
0.37 0.98 50 0.37 0.99 50 GV2 ME05 0.63…1 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
– – – – – – 0.37 1 50
0.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50 GV2 ME06 1…1.6 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
– – – – – – 0.75 1.5 50 GV2 ME06 1…1.6 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09

0.75 2 50 0.75 1.68 50 – – –


– – – 1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2 ME07 1.6….2.5 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
1.1 2.5 50 – – – 1.5 2.6 50
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 2.2 3.8 50 GV2 ME08 2.5…4 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 – – –
– – – 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2 ME10 4…6.3 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
3 6.5 50 – – – 4 6.5 10
4 8.4 50 4 7.9 15 5.5 9 10 GV2 ME14 6…10 LC1 K09 or LC1 D09
5.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2 ME16 9…14 LC1 K12 or LC1 D12

7.5 14.8 15 7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6


– – – 9 16.9 8 – – – GV2 ME20 13…18 LC1 D18
9 18.1 15 11 20.1 6 11 18.4 4 GV2 ME21 17…23 LC1 D25

11 21 15 – – – 15 23 4 GV2 ME22 20…25 LC1 D25

15 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 28.5 4 GV2 ME32 24…32 LC1 D32

18.5 35 35 18.5 32.8 25 18.5 28.5 8 GV3 ME40 25…40 LC1 D38

– – – 22 39 25 22 33 8 GV3 ME40 25…40 LC1 D40

22 42 35 – – – 30 45 8 GV3 ME63 40…63 LC1 D50

30 57 35 30 51.5 25 37 55 8 GV3 ME63 40…63 LC1 D65

– – – 37 64 10 45 65 4 GV3 ME80 56…80 LC1 D65

– – – 37 64 25 45 65 18 GV7 RE80 48…80 LC1 D65

37 69 15 45 76 10 55 80 4 GV3 ME80 56…80 LC1 D80

37 69 25 45 76 25 55 80 18 GV7 RE80 48…80 LC1 D80

45 81 25 – – – – – – GV7 RE100 60…100 LC1 D95

– – – 50 90 25 – – – GV7 RE100 60…100 LC1 D115

55 100 25 – – – 75 105 30 GV7 RE150 90…150 LC1 D115

75 135 35 75 125 35 90 129 30 GV7 RE150 90…150 LC1 D150

– – – 90 146 35 – – – GV7 RE150 90…150 LC1 F185

90 165 35 – – – 110 156 30 GV7 RE220 132…220 LC1 F185

– – – – – – 132 187 30
– – – 110 178 35 160 220 30 GV7 RE220 132…220 LC1 F265
110 200 35 132 215 35 – – – GV7 RE220 132…220 LC1 F225

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

1/16
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker


and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
(continued) 1

0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
Reference (2) Setting
range of
Reference (3) 1
P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) thermal trips
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A
0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 – – – GV2 P02 or GV2 ME02 0.16…0.25 LC1 D09
– – – 0.09 0.28 130 – – –
0.09 0.36 130 0.12 0.37 130 – – – GV2 P03 or GV2 ME03 0.25…0.4 LC1 D09
0.12 0.42 130 – – – – – –
0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 – – – GV2 P04 or GV2 ME04 0.4…0.63 LC1 D09
0.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130 – – –
0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 – – – GV2 P05 or GV2 ME05 0.63…1 LC1 D09
– – – – – – 0.37 1 130
0.55 1.5 130 0.55 1.36 130 0.55 1.21 130 GV2 P06 or GV2 ME06 1…1.6 LC1 D09
– – – – – – 0.75 1.5 130 GV2 P06 or GV2 ME06 1…1.6 LC1 D09
0.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130 – – –
– – – 1.1 2.37 130 1.1 2 130 GV2 P07 or GV2 ME07 1.6…2.5 LC1 D09
1.1 2.5 130 – – – 1.5 2.6 130
1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 2.2 3.8 130 GV2 P08 or GV2 ME08 2.5…4 LC1 D09
– – – – – – – – –
2.2 5 130 – – – – – – GV2 P10 or GV2 ME10 4…6.3 LC1 D09
– – – 2.2 4.42 50 – – –
– – – 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2 ME10 4…6.3 LC1 D09
– – – 2.2 4.42 130 – – –
– – – 3 5.77 130 3 5 130 GV2 P10 4…6.3 LC1 D09
3 6.5 130 – – – – – –
4 8.4 130 – – – – – – GV2 P14 or GV2 ME14 6…10 LC1 D09
– – – 4 7.9 15 4 6.5 10
– – – – – – 5.5 9 10 GV2 ME14 6…10 LC1 D09
– – – – – – 4 6.5 50
– – – 4 7.9 130 5.5 9 50 GV2 P14 6…10 LC1 D12
5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42
– – – 7.5 13.7 50 9 13.9 42 GV2 P16 or GV2 ME16 9…14 LC1 D25
7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 – – – GV2 P20 or GV2 ME20 13…18 LC1 D25
9 18.1 50 11 20.1 20 11 18.4 10 GV2 P21 or GV2 ME21 17…23 LC1 D25
11 21 50 – – – – – – GV2 P22 or GV2 ME22 20…25 LC1 D25
– – – – – – 15 23 10 GV2 P22 20…25 LC1 D32
15 28.5 35 15 26.5 25 18.5 28.5 10 GV2 P32 or GV2 ME32 25…40 LC1 D32
15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 18.5 28.5 50 GV7 RS40 25…40 LC1 D40
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 22 33 50 GV7 RS40 25…40 LC1 D40
– – – 22 39 65 – – – GV7 RS40 25…40 LC1 D80
– – – – – – 30 45 50 GV7 RS50 30…50 LC1 D80
– – – – – – 37 55 50 GV7 RS80 48…80 LC1 D80
22 42 70 – – – – – – GV7 RS50 30…50 LC1 D80
30 57 70 30 51.5 65 – – – GV7 RS80 48…80 LC1 D80
37 69 70 37 64 65 – – – GV7 RS80 48…80 LC1 D80
– – – 45 76 65 – – – GV7 RS80 48…80 LC1 D80
– – – – – – 45 65 50 GV7 RS80 48…80 LC1 D115
– – – – – – 55 80 50 GV7 RS80 48…80 LC1 D115
45 81 70 – – – – – –
– – – 55 90 65 – – – GV7 RS100 60…100 LC1 D115
55 100 70 75 125 65 – – –
75 135 70 90 146 65 90 129 50 GV7 RS150 90…150 LC1 D150
90 165 70 110 178 65 110 156 50 GV7 RS220 132…220 LC1 F185
110 200 70 132 215 65 – – – GV7 RS220 132…220 LC1 F225
– – – – – – 132 187 50
– – – – – – 160 220 50 GV7 RS220 132…220 LC1 F265
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.
(2) Combinations with circuit-breaker GV2 ME are type 2 coordinated only at 400/415 V and 440 V.
(3) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

1/17
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker and overload
protection by separate thermal overload relay

0.06 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
1 motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 – – – GV2 LE03 0.4 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0302 0.16…0.23

– – – 0.09 0.28 50 – – – GV2 LE03 0.4 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0303 0.23…0.36

0.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 – – – GV2 LE03 0.4 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0304 0.36…0.54

0.12 0.42 50 – – – GV2 LE04 0.63 8 LC1 K06 LR2 K0304 0.36…0.54

0.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 – – – GV2 LE04 0.63 8 LC1 K06 LR2 K0305 0.54…0.8

– – – 0.25 0.76 50 – – – GV2 LE05 1 13 LC1 K06 LR2 K0305 0.54…0.8

0.25 0.88 50 – – – – – –
0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 GV2 LE05 1 13 LC1 K06 LR2 K0306 0.8…1.2

0.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50


– – – – – – 0.75 1.5 50 GV2 LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0307 1.2…1.8

– – – 0.75 1.68 50 – – – GV2 LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0307 1.2…1.8

0.75 2 50 – – – – – –
1.1 2.5 50 1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2 LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0308 1.8…2.6

1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 1.5 2.6 50 GV2 LE08 4 51 LC1 K06 LR2 K0310 2.6…3.7

– – – – – – 2.2 3.8 50 GV2 LE08 4 51 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5

2.2 5 50 2.2 4.4 50 3 5 50 GV2 LE10 6.3 78 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5

– – – 3 5.77 50 – – – GV2 LE10 6.3 78 LC1 K06 LR2 K0314 5.5…8

– – – 4 7.9 15 – – – GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 K09 LR2 K0314 5.5…8

3 6.5 50 – – – 4 6.5 10 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 K09 LR2 K0314 5.5…8

4 8.4 50 – – – – – – GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 K09 LR2 K0316 8…11.5

5.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC1 K12 LR2 K0321 10…14

– – – 7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18

7.5 14.8 15 9 16.9 8 – – – GV2 LE20 18 223 LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18

9 18.1 15 – – – 11 18.4 4 GV2 LE22 25 327 LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24

11 21 15 11 20.1 6 15 23 4 GV2 LE22 25 327 LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24

15 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 26.5 4 GV2 LE32 32 416 LC1 D32 LRD 32 23…32

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 500 LC1 D38 LRD 35 30…38

– – – – – – 22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40

– – – 22 39 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 650 LC1 D40 LRD 3357 37…50

(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.


(2) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

1/18
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker and overload


protection by separate thermal overload relay
(continued) 1

0.06 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination (continued)


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
1
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
22 42 70 – – – 30 40 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

30 57 70 30 51.5 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 880 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65

– – – 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65

– – – – – – 45 65 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1 D80 LRD 3361 55…70

37 69 70 45 76 65 55 80 25 NS80HMA 80 1040 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

45 81 (3) – – – – – – NS100pMA (3) 100 1300 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 80…104

– – – – – – 50 90 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 1200 LC1 D115 LRD 4365 80…104

– – – – – – 75 105 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1500 LC1 D115 LRD 4367 95…120

55 100 (3) – – – – – – NS160pMA (3) 150 1350 LC1 D115 LRD 4367 95…120

75 135 (3) 75 125 (3) 90 129 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1800 LC1 D150 LRD 4369 110…140

– – – 90 146 (3) – – – NS160pMA (3) 150 1950 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

90 165 (3) – – – 110 156 (3) NS250pMA (3) 220 2200 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

110 200 (3) – – – – – – NS250pMA (3) 220 2640 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – 110 178 (3) – – – NS250pMA (3) 220 2420 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – – – – 132 187 (3) NS250pMA (3) 220 2640 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – 132 215 (3) – – – NS250pMA (3) 220 2860 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 132…220

132 240 (3) – – – – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 3200 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – – – 160 220 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 2860 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – 160 256 (3) – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 3520 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

160 285 (3) 200 321 (3) – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 4160 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – – – 200 281 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 3840 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – – – 220 310 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 4160 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

200 352 (3) 220 353 (3) – – – NS630pMA (3) 500 5000 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – 250 401 (3) – – – NS630pMA (3) 500 5550 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – – – – 250 360 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5000 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

220 388 (3) – – – – – – NS630pMA (3) 500 5500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

250 437 (3) 280 470 (3) 315 445 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 6000 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – – – – 355 500 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 6500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7381 380…630

(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.


(2) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.
(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100pMA NS160pMA and NS250pMA NS400pMA and NS630pMA
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130
500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70
660/690 V 8 10 8 10 20 35
Code N H N H H L

1/19
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker and overload


protection by separate thermal overload relay
(continued) 1

0.06 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
1 motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 – – – GV2 L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1 D09 LRD 02 0.16…0.25

0.09 0.36 130 0.09 0.28 130 – – –


– – – 0.12 0.37 130 – – – GV2 L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1 D09 LRD 03 0.25…0.40

0.12 0.42 130 – – – – – –


0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 – – – GV2 L04 or LE04 0.63 8 LC1 D09 LRD 04 0.4…0.63

0.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130 – – –


0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 – – – GV2 L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1 D09 LRD 05 0.63…1

– – – – – – 0.37 1 130 GV2 L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1 D09 LRD 06 1…1.7

0.55 1.6 130 – – – 0.55 1.21 130


– – – 0.55 1.36 130 0.75 1.5 130 GV2 L06 or LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1 D09 LRD 06 1…1.7

0.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130 1.1 2 130 GV2 L07 or LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1 D09 LRD 07 1.6…2.5

1.1 2.5 130 1.1 2.37 130 1.5 2.6 130


1.5 3.5 130 – – – 2.2 3.8 130 GV2 L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1 D09 LRD 08 2.5…4

– – – 1.5 3.06 130 – – – GV2 L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6

2.2 5 130 – – – – – –
– – – – – – 3 5 13 GV2 L10 or LE10 6.3 78 LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6

– – – 2.2 4.42 50 – – –
– – – 3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2 LE10 6.3 78 LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6

– – – 2.2 4.42 130 – – –


– – – 3 5.77 130 3 5 130 GV2 L10 6.3 78 LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6

3 6.5 130 – – – – – – GV2 L14 or LE14 10 10 LC1 D09 LRD 12 5.5…8

– – – – – – 4 6.5 10 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 D12 LRD 12 5.5…8

– – – – – – 4 6.5 50 GV2 L14 10 138 LC1 D12 LRD 12 5.5…8

4 8.4 130 – – – – – – GV2 L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

– – – 4 7.9 15 – – – GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

– – – 4 7.9 130 – – – GV2 L14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

– – – – – – 5.5 9 10 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

– – – – – – 5.5 9 50 GV2 L14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42 GV2 L16 14 170 LC1 D25 LRD 16 9…13

– – – 7.5 13.7 50 – – – GV2 L16 14 170 LC1 D25 LRD 21 12…18

7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 9 13.9 42 GV2 L20 18 223 LC1 D25 LRD 21 12…18

9 18.1 50 – – – – – –
11 21 50 11 20.1 20 – – – GV2 L22 25 327 LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24

– – – – – – 11 18.4 10
– – – – – – 15 23 10 GV2 L22 25 327 LC1 D32 LRD 22 16…24

15 28.5 50 15 26.5 20 18.5 28.5 10 GV2 L32 32 416 LC1 D40 LRD 3353 23…32

– – – – – – 22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1 D40 LRD 3353 23…32

(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.


(2) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

1/20
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker and overload


protection by separate thermal overload relay
(continued) 1

0.06 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination (continued)


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
1
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 – – – NS80HMA 50 550 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40

22 42 70 22 39 65 30 45 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

– – – 30 51.5 65 – – –
30 57 70 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 880 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65

– – – – – – 37 55 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 880 LC1 D80 LRD 3359 48…65

– – – – – – 45 65 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 960 LC1 D80 LRD 3361 55…70

37 69 70 45 76 65 – – – NS80HMA 80 1000 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

– – – – – – 55 80 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 1040 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

45 81 (3) 55 90 (3) – – – NS100pMA (3) 100 1300 LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60…100

55 100 (3) – – – – – – NS160pMA (3) 150 1500 LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90…150

– – – – – – 75 105 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1050 LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90…150

75 135 (3) 75 125 (3) – – – NS160pMA (3) 150 1950 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

– – – 90 146 (3) – – – NS160pMA (3) 150 1950 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

– – – – – – 90 129 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1200 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

90 165 (3) 110 178 (3) – – – NS250pMA (3) 220 2420 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – – – – 110 156 (3) NS250pMA (3) 220 1540 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

110 200 (3) – – – – – – NS250pMA (3) 220 2860 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – 132 215 (3) 132 187 (3) NS250pMA (3) 220 2200 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 132…220

132 240 (3) 160 256 (3) – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 3520 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – – – 160 220 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 2200 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

160 285 (3) – – – – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 4000 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – 200 321 (3) – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 4000 LC1 F330 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – – – – 200 281 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 3500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – – – 220 310 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 3500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – 220 353 (3) – – –


200 352 (3) 250 401 (3) – – – NS630pMA (3) 500 5500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – – – – 250 360 (3)


– – – – – – 315 445 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 4500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500

220 388 (3) – – – – – –


250 437 (3) – – – – – – NS630pMA (3) 500 6250 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500

– – – – – – 355 500 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5000 LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630

(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.


(2) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.
(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100pMA NS160pMA and NS250pMA NS400pMA and NS630pMA
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130
500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70
660/690 V 8 10 8 10 20 35
Code N H N H H L

1/21
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor
breakers with overload protection by separate module

0.06 to 4 kW at 400/415 V: (total coordination)


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Contactor breaker Protection module
1 motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Without control With control Reference Setting range
test function test function
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference Reference Thermal (2) Magnetic (3)
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A
0.06 0.22 70 0.06 0.19 70 – – – LD1 LB030 – LB1 LB03P02 0.16…0.25 3.8

0.09 0.36 70 0.09 0.28 70 – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P03 0.25…0.4 6


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M03 0.25…0.4 2.4…4.8

– – – 0.12 0.37 70 – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P03 0.25…0.4 6


LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M03 0.25…0.4 2.4…4.8

0.12 0.42 70 0.18 0.55 70 – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P04 0.4…0.63 9.5
or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M04 0.4…0.63 3.8…7.6

0.18 0.6 70 – – – – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P04 0.4…0.63 9.5


LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M04 0.4…0.63 3.8…7.6

0.25 0.88 70 0.25 0.76 70 0.37 1 70 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P05 0.63…1 15
or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M05 0.63…1 6…12

0.37 1 70 0.37 1 70 0.55 1.21 70 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P06 1…1.6 24


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M06 1…1.6 9.5…19

0.55 1.5 70 0.55 1.36 70 0.75 1.5 70 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P06 1…1.6 24
or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M06 1…1.6 9.5…19

0.75 2 70 0.75 1.68 70 1.1 2 70 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P07 1.6…2.5 37.5
LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M07 1.6…2.5 15…30

– – – 1.1 2.37 70 – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P07 1.6…2.5 37.5


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M07 1.6…2.5 15…30

1.1 2.5 70 – – – 1.5 2.6 70 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P08 2.5…4 60


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M08 2.5…4 24…48

1.5 3.5 70 1.5 3.06 70 2.2 3.8 70 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P08 2.5…4 60
LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M08 2.5…4 24…48

2.2 5 70 2.2 4.42 (1) 3 5 15 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P10 4…6 90


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M10 4…6.3 38…76

– – – 3 5.77 (1) – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P10 4…6 90


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M10 4…6.3 38…76

3 6.5 70 4 7.9 (1) 4 6.5 15 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P13 6…10 150
or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M13 6.3…10 60…120

4 8.4 70 – – – 5.5 9 15 LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P13 6…10 150


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M13 6.3…10 60…120

(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1 LB; Iq = 70 kA for LDp LC.


(2) Irth min. to Irth max.
(3) For LB1 LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1 LC, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.

1/22
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor
breakers with overload protection by separate module
(continued) 1

5.5 to 30 kW at 400/415 V: (total coordination)


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Contactor breaker Protection module
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Without control With control Reference Setting range
1
test function test function
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference Reference Thermal (3) Magnetic (4)
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A
5.5 11 70 5.5 10.4 (1) 7.5 12 (2) LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P17 10…16 240
or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M17 10…16 95…190

7.5 14.8 70 7.5 13.7 (1) – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P17 10…16 240
or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M17 10…16 95…190

– – – – – – 9 13.9 (2) LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P21 12…18 270


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M17 10…16 95…190

9 18.1 70 9 16.9 (1) – – – LD1 LB030 LB1 LB03P21 12…18 270


or LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M22 16…25 150…300

11 21 70 11 20.1 70 11 18.4 20 LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M22 16…25 150…300

– – – – – – 15 23 20 LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M22 16…25 150…300

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 30 18.5 28.5 15 LD1 LC030 LD4 LC130 LB1 LC03M53 23…32 190…380

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 70 22 33 35 LD1 LD030 LD4 LD130 LB1 LD03M55 28…40 240…480

– – – 22 39 70 – – – LD1 LD030 LD4 LD130 LB1 LD03M55 28…40 240…480

22 42 70 – – – 30 45 35 LD1 LD030 LD4 LD130 LB1 LD03M57 35…50 300…600

30 57 70 30 51.5 40 37 55 35 LD1 LD030 LD4 LD130 LB1 LD03M61 45…63 380…760

– – – 33 58.5 40 – – – LD1 LD030 LD4 LD130 LB1 LD03M61 45…63 380…760

(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1 LB; Iq = 70 kA for LDp LC.


(2) Iq = 10 kA for LD1 LB; Iq = 25 kA for LDp LC.
(3) Irth min. to Irth max.
(4) For LB1 LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1 LC and LB1 LD, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.

1/23
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


D.O.L. starters with fuse protection
(NF C or DIN fuses)

0.06 to 55 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Fuse carrier (1) aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
1 motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
(basic block)
Reference Size Rating Reference (2) Reference Setting
P Ie P Ie P Ie range
kW A kW A kW A A A
0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 2 LC1 K06 LR2 K0302 0.16…0.23

– – 0.09 0.28 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 2 LC1 K06 LR2 K0303 0.23…0.36

0.09 0.36 – – – –
0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 2 LC1 K06 LR2 K0304 0.36…0.54

0.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 – –


– – 0.25 0.76 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 2 LC1 K06 LR2 K0305 0.54…0.8

0.25 0.88 – – – –
0.37 1 0.37 1 0.37 1 LS1 D32 10 x 38 2 LC1 K06 LR2 K0306 0.8…1.2

0.55 1.5 0.55 1.36 0.55 1.21


– – 0.75 1.68 0.75 1.5 LS1 D32 10 x 38 2 LC1 K06 LR2 K0307 1.2…1.8

0.75 2 – – 1.1 2
1.1 2.5 1.1 2.37 1.5 2.6 LS1 D32 10 x 38 4 LC1 K06 LR2 K0308 1.8…2.6

1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 4 LC1 K06 LR2 K0310 2.6…3.7

2.2 5 – – 2.2 3.8


– – – – 3 5 LS1 D32 10 x 38 6 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5

– – 2.2 4.42 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 8 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5

3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 LS1 D32 10 x 38 8 LC1 K09 LR2 K0314 5.5…8

4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 LS1 D32 10 x 38 12 LC1 K09 LR2 K0316 8…11.5

5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 LS1 D32 10 x 38 16 LC1 K12 LR2 K0321 10…14

7.5 14.8 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 LS1 D32 10 x 38 16 LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18

– – 9 16.9 – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 20 LC1 D25 LRD 21 12…18

9 18.1 – – 11 18.4
11 21 11 20.1 15 23 GK1 EK 14 x 51 25 LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24

15 28.5 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 GK1 EK 14 x 51 32 LC1 D32 LRD 32 23…32

18.5 35 32.8 22 33 GK1 EK 14 x 51 40 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40


18.5
22 42 22 39 30 45 GK1 FK 22 x 58 50 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

– – 30 51.5 – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC1 D50 LRD 3359 48…65

– – – – 37 55 GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65

30 57 37 64 – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3361 55…70

– – – – 45 65 GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC1 D80 LRD 3361 55…70

37 (3) 69 45 76 – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 100 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

45 81 – – 55 80 GK1 FK 22 x 58 100 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 80…93

– – 55 90 – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 125 LC1 D115 LRD 4365 80…104

55 100 – – 75 105 GK1 FK 22 x 58 125 LC1 D115 LRD 4367 95…120

(1) For breaking under load, add a rotary switch disconnector.


(2) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.
(3) 400 V maximum.

1/24
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly D.O.L. starters with fuse protection


(NF C or DIN fuses)
(continued) 1

0.06 to 55 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
disconnector-fuse
Reference Size Rating Reference (1) Reference Setting
1
P Ie P Ie P Ie range
kW A kW A kW A A A
0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 – – GS1 DD 10 x 38 2 LC1 D09 LRD 02 0.16…0.25
– – 0.09 0.28 – – GS1 DD 10 x 38 2 LC1 D09 LRD 03 0.25…0.4
0.09 0.36 – – – –
0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 – – GS1 DD 10 x 38 2 LC1 D09 LRD 0 0.4…0.63
0.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 – –
– – 0.25 0.76 – – GS1 DD 10 x 38 2 LC1 D09 LRD 05 0.63…1
0.25 0.88 – – 0.37 1
0.37 1 0.37 1 0.55 1.21
0.55 1.5 0.55 1.36 0.75 1.5 GS1 DD 10 x 38 2 LC1 D09 LRD 06 1…1.7
0.75 2 0.75 1.68 – –
– – 1.1 2.37 1.1 2 GS1 DD 10 x 38 4 LC1 D09 LRD 07 1.6…2.5
1.1 2.5 – – 1.5 2.6
1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 2.2 3.8 GS1 DD 10 x 38 4 LC1 D09 LRD 08 2.5…4
2.2 5 2.2 4.42 3 5 GS1 DD 10 x 38 6 LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6
3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6 GS1 DD 10 x 38 8 LC1 D09 LRD 12 5.5…8
4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 GS1 DD 10 x 38 10 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10
5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 GS1 DD 10 x 38 16 LC1 D12 LRD 16 9…13
7.5 14.8 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 GS1 DD 10 x 38 16 LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18
– – 9 16.9 – – GS1 F 14 x 51 20 LC1 D25 LRD 21 12…18
9 18.1 11 20.1 11 18.4
11 21 – – 15 23 GS1 F 14 x 51 25 LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24
15 28.5 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 GS1 F 14 x 51 3 LC1 D32 LRD 32 23…32
18.5 35 18.5 32.8 22 33 GS1 F 14 x 51 40 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40
22 42 22 39 30 45 GS1 J 22 x 58 50 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50
– – 30 51.5 – – GS1 J 22 x 58 80 LC1 D50 LRD 3359 48…65
– – – – 37 55 GS1 J 22 x 58 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65
30 57 37 64 – – GS1 J 22 x 58 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3361 55…70
– – – – 45 65 GS1 J 22 x 58 80 LC1 D95 LRD 3361 55…70
37 69 45 76 – – GS1 J 22 x 58 100 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80
– – – – 55 80 GS1 J 22 x 58 100 LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60…100
45 81 – – – – GS1 J 22 x 58 100 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 80…93
55 100 55 90 75 105 GS1 L T0 125 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150
75 135 75 125 90 129 GS1 L T0 160 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150
90 165 90 146 110 156 GS1 N T1 200 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220
110 200 110 178 132 187 GS1 N T1 250 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220
132 240 132 215 160 220 GS1 QQ T2 315 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330
– – 160 256 – – GS1 QQ T2 315 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
160 285 200 321 200 281 GS1 QQ T2 400 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
– – – – 220 310 GS1 QQ T2 400 LC1 F400 LR9 F7375 200…330
200 352 – – – –
220 388 220 353 250 360 GS1 S T3 500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500
250 437 250 401 – – GS1 S T3 500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500
– – – – 315 445
– – – – 355 500 GS1 S T3 630 LC1 F500 LR9 F7381 380…630
315 555 315 505 – – GS1 S T3 630 LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630
– – 355 549 – –
– – 400 611 400 540 GS1 V T4 800 LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630
(1) For reversing operation. replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

1/25
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker
and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker

1.5 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC3 K: 12 starts/hour; LC3 D: 30 starts/hour.
1 Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta contactors


motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V Reference Setting range Reference (2)
P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) of thermal trips
kW A A kA kW A A kA A
1.5 3.5 2 50 1.5 3.06 1.8 50 GV2 ME08 2.5…4 LC3 K06

2.2 5 2.9 50 2.2 4.42 2.6 50


– – – – 3 5.77 3.3 50 GV2 ME10 4…6.3 LC3 K06

3 6.5 3.8 50 – – – –
4 8.4 4.9 50 4 7.9 4.6 15 GV2 ME14 6…10 LC3 K06

5.5 11 6.4 15 5.5 10.4 6 8 GV2 ME16 9…14 LC3 K06

7.5 14.8 8.6 15 7.5 13.7 7.9 8 GV2 ME20 13…18 LC3 K09

– – – – 9 16.9 9.8 8 GV2 ME20 13…18 LC3 D12A

9 18.1 10 15 11 20.1 12 6 GV2 ME21 17…23 LC3 D12A

11 21 12 15 – – – – GV2 ME22 20…25 LC3 D12A

15 28.5 17 10 15 26.5 15 6 GV2 ME32 24…32 LC3 D18A

18.5 35 20 35 18.5 32.8 19 25 GV3 ME40 25…40 LC3 D18A

– – – – 22 39 23 25 GV3 ME40 25…40 LC3 D18A

22 42 24 35 30 51.5 30 10 GV3 ME63 40…63 LC3 D32A

– – – – 30 51.5 30 25 GV7 RE80 48…80 LC3 D32A

30 57 33 35 – – – – GV3 ME63 40…63 LC3 D32A

30 57 33 25 – – – – GV7 RE80 48…80 LC3 D32A

37 69 40 15 37 64 37 10 GV3 ME80 56…80 LC3 D40

37 69 40 25 37 64 37 25 GV7 RE80 48…80 LC3 D40

– – – – 45 76 44 10 GV3 ME80 56…80 LC3 D50

– – – – 45 76 44 25 GV7 RE80 48…80 LC3 D50

45 81 47 25 – – – –
55 100 58 25 55 90 52 25 GV7 RE100 60…100 LC3 D50

75 135 78 35 75 125 72 35 GV7 RE150 90…150 LC3 D80

– – – – 90 146 84 35 GV7 RE150 90…150 LC3 D115

90 165 95 35
110 200 115 35 110 178 103 35 GV7 RE220 132…220 LC3 D115

– – – – 132 215 124 35 GV7 RE220 132…220 LC3 D150

(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.


(2) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.

1/26
Combination starters for TeSys motor starters - open version 1

customer assembly Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker


and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
(continued) 1

1.5 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC1 D: 30 starts/hour; LC1 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC1 D: 30 seconds; LC1 F: 20 seconds. 1
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta contactors
motors 0/60 Hz in category AC-3
400/415 V 440 V Reference Setting range Reference
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1) of thermal trips
kW A kA kW A kA A
1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 GV2 P08 2.5…4 3 x LC1 D09

2.2 5 130 2.2 4.42 130 GV2 P10 4…6.3 3 x LC1 D18

– – – 3 5.77 130 GV2 P10 4...6.3 3 x LC1 D18

3 6.5 130 – – – GV2 P14 6…10 3 x LC1 D18

4 8.4 130 4 7.9 130 GV2 P14 6…10 3 x LC1 D18

5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 GV2 P16 9…14 3 x LC1 D25

– – – 7.5 13.7 50 GV2 P16 9…14 3 x LC1 D25

7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 GV2 P20 13…18 3 x LC1 D25

9 18.1 50 11 20.1 20 GV2 P21 17…23 3 x LC1 D25

11 21 50 – – – GV2 P22 20…25 3 x LC1 D25

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 GV7 RS40 25…40 3 x LC1 D80

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 GV7 RS40 25…40 3 x LC1 D80

– – – 22 39 65 GV7 RS40 25…40 3 x LC1 D80

22 42 70 – – – GV7 RS50 30…50 3 x LC1 D80

30 57 70 30 51.5 65 GV7 RS80 48…80 3 x LC1 D80

37 69 70 37 64 65 GV7 RS80 48…80 3 x LC1 D80

– – – 45 76 65 GV7 RS80 48…80 3 x LC1 D80

45 81 70 – – – GV7 RS100 60…100 3 x LC1 D115

55 100 70 55 90 65 GV7 RS100 60…100 3 x LC1 D115

75 135 70 75 125 65 GV7 RS150 90…150 3 x LC1 D150

– – – 90 146 65 GV7 RS150 90…150 3 x LC1 D150

90 165 70 110 178 65 GV7 RS220 132…220 3 x LC1 F185

110 200 70 132 215 65 GV7 RS220 132…220 3 x LC1 F225

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/9.

1/27
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker and overload
protection by separate thermal overload relay

1.5 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC3 K and LC3 F: 12 starts/hour; LC3 D: 30 starts/hour.
1 Maximum starting time: LC3 K and LC3 D: 30 seconds; LC3 F: 20 seconds.

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta Thermal overload relay


motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 contactors
400/415 V 440 V Reference Rating Irm (2) Reference Reference Setting
P Ie IrD (1) Iq P Ie IrD (1) Iq range
kW A A kA kW A A kA A A A
– – – – 1.5 3.06 1.8 50
1.5 3.5 2 50 2.2 4.42 3 50 GV2 LE08 4 51 LC3 K06 LR2 K0308 1.8…2.6
2.2 5 3 50 3 5.77 3 50 GV2 LE10 6.3 78 LC3 K06 LR2 K0310 2.6…3.7
3 6.5 4 50 – – – – GV2 LE14 10 138 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5
– – – – 4 7.9 5 50 GV2 LE10 6.3 78 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5
4 8.4 5 50 – – – – GV2 LE14 10 138 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5
– – – – 5.5 10.4 6 15 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC3 K06 LR2 K0314 5.5…8
5.5 11 6 15 – – – – GV2 LE16 14 170 LC3 K06 LR2 K0314 5.5…8
– – – – 7.5 13.7 8 8 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC3 K09 LR2 K0316 8…11.5
7.5 14.8 9 15 – – – – GV2 LE20 18 223 LC3 K09 LR2 K0316 8…11.5
– – – – 9 16.9 1 8 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC3 D12A LRD 16 9…13
9 18.1 10 15 – – – – GV2 LE22 25 327 LC3 K12 LR2 K0316 8…11.5
– – – – 11 20.1 12 8 GV2 LE20 18 223 LC3 K12 LR2 K0321 10…14
11 21 12 15 – – – – GV2 LE22 25 327 LC3 K12 LR2 K0321 10…14
– – – – 15 26.5 15 6 GV2 LE22 25 327 LC3 D18A LRD 21 12…18
15 28.5 16 10 – – – – GV2 LE32 32 384 LC3 D18A LRD 21 12…18
18.5 35 20 70 18.5 32.8 19 65 NS80HMA 50 350 LC3 D18A LRD 22 16…24
– – – – 22 39 23 65 NS80HMA 50 400 LC3 D18A LRD 22 16…24
22 42 24 70 – – – – NS80HMA 50 400 LC3 D32A LRD 32 23…32
– – – – 30 51.5 30 65 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3 D32A LRD 32 23…32
30 57 33 70 – – – – NS80HMA 80 560 LC3 D32A LRD 35 30…38
– – – – 37 64 37 65 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3 D40 LRD 3355 30…40
– – – – 45 76 44 65 NS80HMA 80 640 LC3 D40 LRD 3357 37…50
– – – – 55 90 52 65 NS80HMA 80 800 LC3 D50 LRD 3359 48…65
37 69 40 70 – – – – NS80HMA 80 640 LC3 D40 LRD 3359 48…65
– – – – 75 125 72 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1200 LC3 D80 LRD 3363 63…80
45 81 47 (3) – – – – NS100pMA (3) 100 800 LC3 D50 LRD 3357 37…50
55 100 58 (3) – – – – NS100pMA (3) 100 1200 LC3 D50 LRD 3361 55…70
75 135 78 (3) – – – – NS160pMA (3) 150 1200 LC3 D80 LRD 3363 63…80
– – – – 90 146 85 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1200 LC3 D115 LRD 4365 80…104
90 165 96 (3) 110 178 103 (3) NS250pMA (3) 220 1760 LC3 D115 LRD 4365 80…104
– – – – 132 215 125 (3) NS250pMA (3) 220 1760 LC3 D150 LRD 4369 110…140
110 200 116 (3) – – – – NS250pMA (3) 220 1760 LC3 D115 LRD 4369 110…140
– – – – 160 256 148 (3) NS400pMA (3) 320 2240 LC3 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150
– – – – 200 321 186 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 3150 LC3 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220
132 240 139 (3) – – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 2240 LC3 D150 LRD 4369 110…140
160 285 165 (3) – – – – NS400pMA (3) 320 2560 LC3 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220
200 352 204 (3) 220 353 204 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 3150 LC3 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220
220 388 225 (3) 250 401 233 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 3500 LC3 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330
280 480 278 (3) – – – – NS630pMA (3) 500 4000 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
– – – – 315 505 295 (3) C801p+STR35ME 800 4000 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
315 555 322 (3) 355 518 300 (3) C801p+STR35ME 800 4500 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
– – – 375 575 334 (3) C801p+STR35ME 800 5000 LC3 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500
(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.
(2) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance NS100pMA NS160pMA NS400pMA C801p
Iq (kA) NS250pMA NS630pMA +STR35ME
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130 70 150
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130 65 100
Code E S E S H L H L

1/28
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker and


overload protection by separate thermal overload relay
(continued) 1

1.5 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC3 D: 30 starts/hour; LC3 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC3 D: 30 seconds; LC3 F: 20 seconds. 1
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 contactors
400/415 V 440 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference Reference Setting
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA A A A
1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 GV2 L08 4 51 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 08 2.5…4

2.2 5 130 2.2 4.42 130


3 6.5 130 3 5.77 130 GV2 L10 6.3 78 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 10 4…6

– – – 4 7.9 20 GV2 L14 10 138 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 14 7…10

4 8.4 130 – – – GV2 L14 10 138 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 16 9…13

5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 20 GV2 L16 14 170 3 x LC1 D25 LRD 16 9…13

7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 20 GV2 L20 18 223 3 x LC1 D25 LRD 21 12…18

– – – 9 16.9 20 GV2 L22 25 327 3 x LC1 D25 LRD 21 12…18

9 18.1 50 – – –
11 21 50 11 20.1 20 GV2 L22 25 327 3 x LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 NS80HMA 50 300 3 x LC1 D40 LRD 3353 23…32

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 NS80HMA 50 350 3 x LC1 D50 LRD 3355 30…40

22 42 70 22 39 65 NS80HMA 50 400 3 x LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

30 57 70 30 51.5 65
– – – 37 64 65 NS80HMA 80 560 3 x LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65

37 69 70 45 76 65 NS80HMA 80 640 3 x LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

45 81 (2) 55 90 (2) NS100pMA (2) 100 800 3 x LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60…100

55 100 (2) – – – NS160pMA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90…150

– – – 75 125 (2) NS160pMA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

75 135 (2) 90 146 (2) NS160pMA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

90 165 (2) 110 178 (2) NS250pMA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

110 200 (2) – – – NS250pMA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – 132 215 (2) NS250pMA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1 F225 LR9 F7375 200…330

132 240 (2) 160 256 (2) NS400pMA (2) 320 2240 3 x LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

160 285 (2) – – – NS400pMA (2) 320 2560 3 x LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – 200 321 (2) NS400pMA (2) 320 2880 3 x LC1 F330 LR9 F7379 300…500

200 352 (2) 220 353 (2) NS630pMA (2) 500 3150 3 x LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

220 388 (2) 250 401 (2) NS630pMA (2) 500 3500 3 x LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

250 437 (2) – – – NS630pMA (2) 500 4000 3 x LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500

(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.


(2) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance NS100pMA NS160pMA NS400pMA
Iq (kA) NS250pMA NS630pMA
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130
Code E S E S H L

1/29
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


Star-delta starters with fuse protection
(NF C or DIN fuses)

1.5 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC3 K and LC3 F: 12 starts/hour; LC3 D: 30 starts/hour.
1 Maximum starting time: LC3 K and LC3 D: 30 seconds; LC3 F: 20 seconds.

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Fuse carrier aM fuses Star-delta Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (basic block) contactors
400/415 V 440 V Reference Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
P Ie IrD (1) Iq P Ie IrD (1) Iq range
kW A A kA kW A A kA A A
1.5 3.5 2 50 1.5 3.06 2 50 LS1 D32 10 x 38 4 LC3 K06 LR2 K0308 1.8…2.6

2.2 5 3 50 – – – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 6 LC3 K06 LR2 K0310 2.6…3.7

– – – – 2.2 4.42 3 50
– – – – 3 5.77 3 50 LS1 D32 10 x 38 8 LC3 K06 LR2 K0310 2.6…3.7
3 6.5 4 50 – – – – LS1 D32 10 x 38 8 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5

4 8.4 5 50 4 7.9 5 50 LS1 D32 10 x 38 12 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3.7…5.5

5.5 11 6 50 5.5 10.4 6 50 LS1 D32 10 x 38 16 LC3 K06 LR2 K0314 5.5…8

7.5 14.8 9 50 7.5 13.7 8 50 LS1 D32 10 x 38 16 LC3 K09 LR2 K0316 8…11.5

9 18.1 10 100 9 16.9 10 50 LS1 D32 10 x 38 20 LC3 D12A LRD 16 9…13

11 21 12 100 11 20.1 12 100 GK1 EK 14 x 51 25 LC3 D12A LRD 16 9…13

15 28.5 16 100 15 26.5 15 100 GK1 EK 14 x 51 32 LC3 D18A LRD 21 12…18

18.5 35 20 100 18.5 32.8 19 100 GK1 EK 14 x 51 40 LC3 D18A LRD 22 16…24

– – – – 22 39 23 100 GK1 FK 22 x 58 50 LC3 D18A LRD 22 16…24

22 42 24 100 – – – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 50 LC3 D32A LRD 32 23…32

– – – – 30 51.5 30 100 GK1 FK 22 x 58 63 LC3 D32A LRD 32 23…32

30 57 33 100 37 64 37 100 GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC3 D40 LRD 3355 30…40

37 69 40 100 – – – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC3 D40 LRD 3357 37…50

– – – – 45 76 44 100 GK1 FK 22 x 58 80 LC3 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

45 81 47 100 – – – – GK1 FK 22 x 58 100 LC3 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

– – – – 55 90 52 100 GS1 K 22 x 58 100 LC3 D50 LRD 3359 48…65

55 100 58 100 – – – – GS1 K 22 x 58 125 LC3 D50 LRD 3361 55…70

75 135 78 100 75 125 72 100 GS1 L T0 160 LC3 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

– – – – 90 146 84 100 GS1 L T0 160 LC3 D115 LRD 4365 80…104

90 165 95 100 – – – – GS1 N T1 200 LC3 D115 LRD 4367 95…120

110 200 115 100 110 178 103 100 GS1 N T1 200 LC3 D115 LRD 4367 95…120

132 240 139 100 132 215 124 100 GS1 QQ T2 250 LC3 D150 LRD 4369 110…140

160 285 165 100 160 256 148 100 GS1 QQ T2 315 LC3 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

– – – – 200 321 185 100 GS1 QQ T2 400 LC3 F225 LR9 F5369 132…220

220 388 225 100 – – – – GS1 QQ T2 400 LC3 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – 250 401 233 100 GS1 S T3 500 LC3 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

280 480 278 100 – – – – GS1 S T3 500 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – – 315 505 293 100


315 555 322 100 355 518 300 100 GS1 S T3 630 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
– – – – 375 575 334 100 GS1 S T3 630 LC3 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.

1/30
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


Star-delta starters with fuse protection
(NF C or DIN fuses)

1.5 to 355 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC1 D: 30 starts/hour; LC1 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC1 D: 30 seconds; LC1 F: 20 seconds. 1
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- aM fuses Star-delta Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector-fuse contactors
400/415 V 440 V Reference Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA A A
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 GS1 DD 10 x 38 4 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 08 2.5…4

2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 GS1 DD 10 x 38 6 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6

3 6.5 50 3 5.77 50 GS1 DD 10 x 38 8 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 12 5.5…8

4 8.4 50 4 7.9 50 GS1 DD 10 x 38 10 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 50 GS1 DD 10 x 38 16 3 x LC1 D12 LRD 16 9…13

7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 50 GS1 DD 10 x 38 16 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18

9 18.1 100 9 16.9 100


11 21 100 11 20.1 100 GS1 F 14 x 51 25 3 x LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24
15 28.5 100 15 26.5 100 GS1 F 14 x 51 32 3 x LC1 D32 LRD 32 23…32

18.5 35 100 18.5 32.8 100 GS1 F 14 x 51 40 3 x LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40

22 42 100 22 39 100 GS1 F 22 x 58 50 3 x LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50

30 57 100 30 51.5 100 GS1 J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1 D65 LRD 3361 55…70

37 69 100 37 64 100 GS1 J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

– – – 45 76 100 GS1 J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1 D80 LRD 3365 80…93

45 81 100 – – – GS1 J 22 x 58 100 3 x LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60…100

– – – 55 90 100 GS1 L T0 125 3 x LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90…150

55 100 100 – – – GS1 L T0 125 3 x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

– – – 75 125 100 GS1 L T0 160 3 x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

75 135 100 – – – GS1 L T0 160 3 x LC1 F185 LR9 D5369 90…150

90 165 100 90 146 100 GS1 N T1 200 3 x LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

110 200 100 110 178 100 GS1 N T1 250 3 x LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220

132 240 100 132 215 100 GS1 QQ T2 315 3 x LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

160 285 100 160 256 100 GS1 QQ T2 315 3 x LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

– – – 200 321 100 GS1 QQ T2 400 3 x LC1 F330 LR9 F7379 300…500

200 352 100 220 353 100


220 388 100 250 401 100 GS1 S T3 500 3 x LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500
250 437 100 – – – GS1 S T3 500 3 x LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500

315 555 100 315 505 100 GS1 S T3 630 3 x LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630

– – – 355 549 100


– – – 400 611 100 GS1 V T4 800 3 x LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630
355 605 100 – – – GS1 V T4 800 3 x LC1 F780 LR9 F7381 380…630

1/31
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly 1


D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)

0.06 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination


Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
1 motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector-
fuse
415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Size Rating Reference (1) Reference Setting
P Ie P Ie P Ie range
kW A kW A A kA A A
0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 – – GS1 DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1 D09 LRD 02 0.16…0.25
– – 0.09 0.28 – – GS1 DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1 D09 LRD 03 0.25…0.4
0.09 0.36 – – – –
0.12 .42 0.12 0.37 – – GS1 DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1 D09 LRD 04 0.4…0.63
0.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 – – GS1 DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1 D09 LRD 05 0.63…1
– – 0.25 0.76 – – GS1 DDB A1 NIT 4 LC1 D09 LRD 05 0.63…1
0.25 0.88 0.37 1 0.37 1
0.37 1 0.55 1.36 0.55 1.2
0.55 1.5 0.75 1.68 0.75 1.5 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 6 LC1 D09 LRD 06 1…1.7
0.75 2 – – – – GS1 DDB A1 NIT 10 LC1 D09 LRD 07 1.6…2.5
– – – – 1.5 2.6 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 10 LC1 D09 LRD 08 2.5…4
1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 2.2 3.8 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 16 LC1 D09 LRD 08 2.5…4
2.2 5 2.2 4.42 3 5 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 16 LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6
3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20 LC1 D09 LRD 12 5.5…8
4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20 LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10
5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20M25 LC1 D12 LRD 16 9…13
7.5 14 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20M32 LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18
9 18.1 9 16.9 – – GS1 GB A2 TIA 32M35 LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18
11 21 11 20 11 18.4
– – – – 15 23 GS1 GB A2 TIA 32M50 LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24
15 28.5 15 26.5 – – GS1 GB A2 TIA 32M63 LC1 D32 LRD 32 23…32
– – – – 22 33 GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M80 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40
22 42 22 39 30 45 GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 37…50
– – 30 51.5 – – GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1 D50 LRD 3359 48…65
30 57 – – – – GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65
– – 45 76 45 65 GS1 LLB A4 TCP 100M125 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80
45 81 – – 55 80 GS1 LLB A4 TCP 100M125 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 80…93
55 100 – – – – GS1 LLB A4 TCP 100M160 LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90…150
– – 55 90 – – GS1 LLB A4 TCP 100M160 LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60…100
– – – – 80 116 GS1 LB B2 TF 200 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150
80 138 80 132 – – GS1 LB B2 TF 200M250 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150
– – – – 100 143
– – – – 110 156 GS1 LB B2 TF 200M250 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220
100 182 100 162 – – GS1 MMB B2 TF 200M250 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220
110 196 110 178 – – GS1 MMB B2 TF 200M315 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220
– – – – 140 200 GS1 NB B3 TKF 315M355 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 132…220
140 250 140 226 160 220 GS1 NB B3 TKF 315M355 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330
160 285 160 256 – – GS1 QQB B4 TKF 315M355 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330
– – – – 220 310 GS1 QQB B4 TMF 400 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500
220 388 220 353 257 362 GS1 QQB B4 TMF 400M450 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500
– – – – 270 380 GS1 SB C2 TTM 500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500
257 450 257 412 – –
270 460 270 433 – – GS1 SB C2 TTM 500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7381 380…630
375 610 375 577 375 508
– – – – 425 556 GS1 SB C2 TTM 630 LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630
(1) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

1/32
Combination starters TeSys motor starters - open version 1

for customer assembly Star-delta starters with fuse protection


(BS fuses)
(continued) 1

1.5 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination


Maximum operating rate: LC1 D: 30 starts/hour; LC1 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC1 D: 30 seconds; LC1 F: 20 seconds. 1
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector-
fuse
415 V 440 V Reference Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq range
kW A kA kW A kA A A
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 16 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 08 2.5…4

2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 16 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 10 4…6

3 6.5 50 3 5.77 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 12 5.5…8

4 8.4 50 4 7.9 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20 3 x LC1 D09 LRD 14 7…10

5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20M25 3 x LC1 D12 LRD 16 9…13

7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT 20M32 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18

9 18.1 50 9 16.9 50 GS1 GB A2 TIA 32M35 3 x LC1 D18 LRD 21 12…18

11 21 50 11 20.1 50 GS1 GB A2 TIA 32M50 3 x LC1 D25 LRD 22 16…24

15 28.5 50 15 26.5 50 GS1 GB A2 TIA 32M63 3 x LC1 D32 LRD 32 23…32

22 42 50 22 39 50 GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M80 3 x LC1 D40 LRD 3355 30…40

– – – 30 51.5 50 GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M100 3 x LC1 D50 LRD 3359 48…65

30 57 50 – – – GS1 GB A3 TIS 63M100 3 x LC1 D65 LRD 3359 48…65

45 81 50 45 76 50 GS1 LLB A4 TCP 100M125 3 x LC1 D80 LRD 3363 63…80

55 100 80 55 90 80 GS1 LLB A4 TCP 100M160 3 x LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90…150

80 138 80 80 132 80 GS1 LB B2 TF 200M250 3 x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90…150

100 182 80 100 162 80 GS1 MMB B2 TF 200M250 3 x LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 132…220

110 196 80 110 178 80 GS1 MMB B2 TF 200M315 3 x LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 132…220

140 250 80 140 226 80 GS1 NB B3 TFK 315M355 3 x LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 200…330

160 285 80 160 256 80 GS1 QQB B3 TFK 315M355 3 x LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 200…330

220 388 80 220 353 80 GS1 QQB B4 TMF 400M450 3 x LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300…500

257 450 80 257 412 80


270 460 80 270 433 80 GS1 SB C2 TTM 500 3 x LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300…500

375 610 80 375 577 80 GS1 SB C2 TTM 630 3 x LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380…630

1/33
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control


4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled

References
Utilisation category AC-3 Fuses to be Basic reference, Weight
1 Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
Opera-
tional
fitted by the
customer
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (2)
50/60 Hz current
220 V 380 V 660 V 440 V up Size Type
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V to aM
kW kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
2.2 4 4 4 5.5 – 9 10 x 38 12 LC4 D09App 0.870
106558_1

3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 – 12 10 x 38 16 LC4 D12App 0.870

4 7.5 9 9 10 – 18 10 x 38 20 LC4 D18App 1.150

5.5 11 11 11 15 – 25 10 x 38 25 LC4 D25App 1.580

7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 14 x 51 32 LC4 D32App 2.630

11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 14 x 51 40 LC4 D40pp 2.930

LC4 D09App 15 22 25 30 30 33 50 22 x 58 63 LC4 D50pp 3.200

18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 22 x 58 80 LC4 D65pp 3.340

22 37 45 45 55 45 80 22 x 58 80 LC4 D80pp 3.650

Specifications
Pre-wired power and control circuit connections.

3-pole isolating device

(1) Thermal overload relay to be ordered separately (see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.

Volts 24 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440


50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Dimensions : Schemes :
page 1/35 page 1/35

1/34
Dimensions, TeSys motor starters - open version 1

schemes 1
D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control
4 to 37 kW, with isolating device, pre-assembled

Dimensions
D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, pre-assembled
LC4 D09A…D25A 1
98 LC4 D09A…D18A D25A
79 b 218 221
c1 without cover or add-on blocks 94 100
with cover, without add-on blocks 96 102

33
63
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 127 133
with LA6 DK10 139 145
110 with LAD T, R, S 147 153
50
173

with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 151 157


b

c1 = 55 =
= 71 =
86

LC4 D32A

LC4 D32A
c1 without cover or add-on blocks 100
with cover, without add-on blocks 102
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 133
124

110

with LA6 DK10 145


with LAD T, R, S 153
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 157
36

c1 88
= 90 =
165

LC4 D40…D80

LC4 D40…D65 D80


a 281 311
=

b 143 143
=

b1 45 48
100/110

c 130 140
60
b

c1 without cover or add-on blocks 124 135


with cover, without add-on blocks 129 140
=

with LA1 DN (1 contact) 149 160


=

with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 157 168


b1

with LA6 DK 169 180


with LAD T, R, S 177 188
c = G =
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 181 192
c1 a
c2 100 178
c2 G 263 293

Scheme
D.O.L. starters
LC4 D09A to D80
1/L1

5/L3
3/L2

– Q1
4
2

6
1

– KM1
2

References :
page 1/34

1/35
Presentation 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

Start-delta starters for motor control

Star-delta starting
Current

1 7 This method of starting is applicable to


motors on which all 6 stator terminals
6 are accessible and whose delta
connection voltage corresponds to the
5 mains voltage.
1
4 Star-delta starting should be used for
motors starting on no-load or having a
3 low load torque and gradual build-up:
- the starting torque in star connection is
2
2
reduced to one third of the direct starting
torque, i.e. about 50% of the rated
1
torque.
- the starting current in star connection
0
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1 is about 1.8 to 2.6 times the rated
Speed current.
1 Starting in direct delta connection
The transition from star to delta
2 Starting in star connection
connection must occur when the
machine has run up to speed. A too
rapid build-up in load torque would
Current
cause the stabilised run-up speed to be
2,5
too low and would therefore eliminate
any advantage in this method of
2 starting: this is the case with certain
machines whose load torque depends
1
on the machine speed (a characteristic
1,5
of centrifugal machines, for example).

(1) All star-delta starters are supplied with a


1
special LAD S2 or LA2 KT2p time delay
2
relay which imposes a delay on the
0,5 delta contactor during the transition
3 period in order to allow the star
contactor sufficient breaking time.
0
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
Speed For ratings D115 and D150, this
1 Starting in direct delta connection function is performed by a time delay
2 Starting in star connection auxiliary contact block LAD T2 and a
3 Resistive torque of the machine control relay.

(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques.


Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a
proportion of the rated torque).

1/36
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters for motor control


5.5 to 132 kW, (1), without isolating device,
pre-assembled

Plate mounted starters


Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Auxiliary contacts available
on each contactor
Star delta
mechanical
Basic reference,
to be completed by
Weight 1
Mains voltage - interlock adding the voltage code (2)
delta connection line delta star
220/ 380/ KM2 KM3 KM1
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V

kW kW kW kW kg
DF522669

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D09App 1.530

5.5 11 11 11 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D12App 1.530

11 18.5 22 22 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D18App 1.730

15 25 30 30 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D32App 2.030

18.5 37 37 37 – 1 1 – (3) – 1 Without LC3 D40pp 4.360


LC3 D32App
With LC3 D40ppA64 4.500

30 55 59 59 – 1 1 – (3) – – (3) Without LC3 D50pp 4.360


With LC3 D50ppA64 4.500

37 75 75 75 – 1 1 – (3) – – (3) Without LC3 D80pp 5.200


With LC3 D80ppA64 5.400

63 110 110 110 – 1 1 – (3) – – (3) Without LC3 D115pp (4) 11.800
With LC3 D115ppA64 (4) 12.100

75 132 132 147 – 1 1 – (3) – 1 (3) Without LC3 D150pp (4) 12.100
With LC3 D150ppA64 (4) 12.100

Rail mounted starters (35 mm 7 rail)


Standard power ratings Auxiliary contacts Star delta Basic reference, Weight
of squirrel cage motors available on each contactor mechanical to be completed by
Mains voltage - interlock adding the voltage code (2)
delta connection line delta star
220/ 380/ KM2 KM3 KM1
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V

kW kW kW kW kg
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 – – – – – 1 With LC3 K06pp 0.740

4 7.5 7.5 7.5 – – – – – 1 With LC3 K09pp 0.740

Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds


4 7.5 7.5 7.5 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D090App 1.530

5.5 11 11 11 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D120App 1.530

11 18.5 22 22 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D180App 1.730

15 25 30 30 – – – – (3) – 1 With LC3 D320App 2.030

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current (see pages 6/16 and 6/17).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts a 50/60 Hz 24 36 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Star-delta starters LC3 K06 and K09
Code B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 – – – –
Star-delta starters LC3 D09A...D150, LC3 D090A…D320A
Code B7 – D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(3) One auxiliary contact block type LAD N can also be fitted, see page 5/69.
(4) These starters consist of contactors LC1 D115 or D150 without connectors.

Dimensions : Schemes :
pages 1/42 and 1/43 page 1/43

1/37
1
1

a
1

KM2

1b

1c

KM1
KM3

KM1

KM3

KM2

1b

a 2 1c 1a

1/38
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters, for motor control, 7.5 to 132 kW (1),


without mechanical interlock, for customer assembly
(on plate or on mounting rail) (2)

Starters for direct combination with a circuit-breaker


Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds
Standard power
ratings of squirrel
Thermal-magnetic
motor
Contactors
(basic references, to be completed
1
cage motors (3) circuit-breaker by adding the voltage code) (4)
Mains voltage-
delta connection
400/
415 V 440 V line delta star
kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1
7.5 7.5 GV2 ME20 LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp
– 9 GV2 ME20 LC1 D12pp LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp
9 11 GV2 ME21 LC1 D12pp LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp
11 – GV2 ME22 LC1 D12pp LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp
15 15 GV2 ME32 LC1 D18pp LC1 D18pp LC1 D09pp

Separate component
Description Illustration Reference Weight
item no. kg
Mounting kit comprising: a LAD 912GV 0.130
power circuit connections and
1 time delay contact block LAD S2
Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
Standard power ratings Contactors Separate
of squirrel cage motors (3) (basic references, to be completed components
Mains voltage - delta connection by adding the voltage code) (4) (see below)
220/ 380/
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V line delta star
kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component
types
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp D09
5.5 11 11 11 LC1 D18pp (6) LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp D12
11 18.5 22 22 LC1 D25pp (7) LC1 D25pp (7) LC1 D09pp D18
15 25 30 30 LC1 D32pp LC1 D32pp LC1 D18pp D32
18.5 37 37 37 LC1 D40pp LC1 D40pp LC1 D40pp D40
30 55 59 59 LC1 D50pp LC1 D50pp LC1 D40pp D50
37 75 75 75 LC1 D80pp LC1 D80pp LC1 D50pp D80
63 110 110 110 LC1 D115pp LC1 D115pp LC1 D80pp D115 (5)
75 132 132 147 LC1 D150pp LC1 D150pp LC1 D115pp D150 (5)

Separate components
Description Illustration For components Reference Weight
item no. type (5) kg
Mounting kit comprising: D09 and D12 LAD 91217 0.180
- 1 time delay contact block LAD S2 1a
(D09…D80) (3), D18 and D32 LAD 93217 0.310
- power circuit connections (D09…D80), 1b
- screws and clamps for fixing contactors
D40 and D50 LA9 D5017 0.380
to the plate (D40…D80). 1c

D80 LA9 D8017 0.680

Equipment mounting plates 2 D09, D12, D18 LA9 D12974 0.150


D32 LA9 D32974 0.180
D40 and D50 LA9 D40973 0.300
D80 LA9 D80973 0.300

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately.
Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 5/118 and 5/119.
(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: please refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment.
(3) See comments on page 1/36.
(4) See page 5/58.
(5) For D115 and D150 components, see illustration and separate parts on pages 1/40 and 1/41.
(6) A D12 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D18 is recommended.
(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).
(7) A D18 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D25 is recommended.
(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).

Illustrations : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/38 pages 1/42 and 1/43 page 1/43

1/39
1
1

13 7 9 12 11 10 3

14

4 5 8

1/40
References (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters, for motor control, 7.5 to 132 kW (1),


without mechanical interlock, for customer assembly
(on plate or mounting rail) (2)

Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection


Separate components (continued)
Description Illustration For
item no. use on
No. Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
1
Instantaneous 1 D115 1 1 LAD N10 0.020
auxiliary contact (star)
blocks 1 N/O
Control relay 3 D115, D150 1 1 CAD 32pp (3) 0.320

Time delay 4 D115, D150 1 1 LAD T2 0.060


auxiliary
contact blocks
Lead sealing kit 5 D115, D150 1 1 LA9 D901 0.005
for time delay
auxiliary
contact blocks
Thermal magnetic 6 D115, D150 2 6 GB2 CB05 0.060
circuit-breaker for
control circuit
(200…415 V)
Set of 3 7 D115, D150 1 1 LA9 FG980 0.200
connectors for
wider terminations
(optional)
Set of power 8 D115 1 1 LA9 D11517 0.800
connections with
fixing accessories D150 1 1 LA9 D15017 1.050

Spare volt free 9 D115, D150 1 10 DZ3 HA3 0.007


terminals
2 10 DZ3 GA3 0.006

Lug-connector 10 D115, D150 1 10 AB1 BC9535 0.236


terminal block
End stop 11 D115, D150 3 100 AB1 AB8M35 0.005

Mounting rail 12 D115, D150 1 10 AM1 ED021 0.210


5 35 mm
Pre-slotted 13 D115, D150 1 1 AM3 PA65 1.950
mounting plate
Screw with 14 D115, D150 12 100 AF1 VA618 0.006
captive washer
2 100 AF1 VA410 0.002

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered
separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor
current, see pages 6/16 and 6/17.
(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: please refer to installation instructions supplied with the
equipment.
(3) See page 24525/3.

Illustrations : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/40 pages 1/42 and 1/43 page 1/43

1/41
Dimensions 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters

Dimensions
Star-delta starters
1 Plate mounted, pre-assembled Pre-assembled:
LC3 K LC3 D09A…D32A
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D09 to D32

KM3 KM1

110
124

110
KM2
110

b
94 150 c 4 = 90 =
175 a

On starters LC3 D09A to D18A, a connection block is mounted on the upper LC3 D09A D12A D18A D32A
part of contactor KM2, increasing the overall height of the product by 6.5 mm. a 143 143 144 165
b 26.5 26.5 26.5 32.5
c with LAD S 139 139 139 145
with LAD S and sealing cover 143 143 143 149

Pre-assembled: LC3 D40, D50 Pre-assembled: LC3 D80


For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D09 or D50 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D80

=
=

=
=

100/110
100/110

143

60
143

60

=
=

=
=

47
45

175 (1) = 263 = 183 (1) = 293 =


281 311

(1) + 4 mm with sealing cover (1) + 4 mm with sealing cover


Pre-assembled: LC3 D115, D150
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D115 or D150
H
b

c G
a
a b c G H
LC3 D115 or 3 x LC1 D with components D115 450 555 205 425 525
LC3 D150 or 3 x LC1 D with components D150 450 555 205 425 525

References : Schemes :
pages 1/36 to 1/41 pages 1/43

1/42
Dimensions (continued), TeSys motor starters - open version 1

schemes 1
Star-delta starters

Dimensions (continued)
Star-delta starters (continued)
On mounting rail AM1 DP, pre-assembled
1
LC3 D090A à D320A
2xØ7

KM3 KM1
KM2
b

LC3 D090A à D180A D320A


c 160 b 153 137
c with LAD S 139 145
175
with LAD S and sealing cover 143 149
Schemes
LC3 K, LC3 D09A to D80 LC3 K LC3 D
LC3 D090A to D320A
L1

L2

L3

KM3/5 KM3/5

95
95

O
3

3
5

5
1

21 96
96

– KM2 – KM3 – KM1

14
O
6

6
2

13 22
I – KM2 (2)

13
13

– KM1
W1
U1

V1

(1) 54 53 l – KM2
1

14

13 14
6
2

22

21

– KM3 – KM1 – KM1


21
2

22
W1
U1

55 14
V1
W2
U2

V2

68
– KM2 – KM2
15

21 56

21 67
T
A1 16
W2
U2

V2

– KM3 – KM1
A1

A1

A1

A1 22

A1 22
T – KM1 – KM3 – KM2

A1
A2

A2

A2

A2

KM2/1 (N) N
Y – KM1 – KM2 – KM3
L
A2

A2

A2
KM3/1

Note: LC3 D09A to D18A: Mechanical interlock between KM3 and KM1.

LC3 D115 and D150


L1

L2

L3

6
2

– F1
95
W1
U1

V1

– F1
21 96
3

3
5

5
1

– KM2 – KM3 – KM1 O


22
W2

(2)
U2

V2
6

6
2

153

67
13

– KM1 – KM2
l
184 154

68
14
W1

Recommended
U1

V1

172

cabling for reversal – KM1


1

55 183

of motor rotation – KM1


171

(standard motor,
viewed from shaft – KM2
2

end).
W2

161 56
U2

V2

153

13

– KM3 – KM2 – KA1


A1 162

A1 14
A1154
A1

– F2 – KM1 – KM2 – KA1 – KM3


A2

A2

A2
A2

Y L

(1) Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end).
(2) Remote control.

References :
pages 1/36 to 1/41

1/43
Presentation 1
Motor starters - open version 1

Start-delta starters for motor control

Star-delta starting
Current

1 7 This method of starting is applicable to


motors on which all 6 stator terminals
6 are accessible and whose delta
connection voltage corresponds to the
5 mains voltage.
1
4 Star-delta starting should be used for
motors starting on no-load or having a
3 low load torque and gradual build-up:
- the starting torque in star connection is
2 reduced to one third of the direct starting
2
torque, i.e. about 50% of the rated
1
torque.
- the starting current in star connection
0
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
is about 1.8 to 2.6 times the rated
Speed current.
1 Starting in direct delta connection
The transition from star to delta
2 Starting in star connection
connection must occur when the
machine has run up to speed. A too
rapid build-up in load torque would
Current
cause the stabilised run-up speed to be
2,5
too low and would therefore eliminate
any advantage in this method of
2 starting: this is the case with certain
machines whose load torque depends
1
on the machine speed (a characteristic
1,5
of centrifugal machines, for example).

(1) Switching from star to delta connection


1
must be completed within a minimum
2
time.
0,5 This function is performed by a control
3 relay and a time delay auxiliary contact
block.
0
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
Speed

1 Starting in direct delta connection


2 Starting in star connection
3 Resistive torque of the machine

(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques.


Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a
proportion of the rated torque).

1/44
References 1
Motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters for motor control,


90 to 375 kW (1), without isolating device,
pre-assembled

Pre-assembled starters
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time:
LC3 Fppppp: 20 seconds,
1
LC3 FpppppA64: 30 seconds (3 identical contactors).
Composition of starters without mechanical interlock, see pages 1/47 and 1/49.

Star-delta starters
Standard power ratings Auxiliary contacts available Star delta Basic reference, Weight
of squirrel cage motors on each contactor mechanical to be completed by
Mains voltage - interlock adding the voltage code (2)
delta connection line delta star
220/ 380/ KM2 KM3 KM1
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V

(3)
kW kW kW kW kg
90 160 160 185 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3 F185pp 16.500
813202

With LC3 F185ppA64 16.625

100 200 200 220 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3 F225pp 16.500

With LC3 F225ppA64 16.625

110 220 220 250 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3 F265pp 27.300

With LC3 F265ppA64 27.425

LC3 FpppppA64 160 280 280 315 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3 F330pp 37.000

With LC3 F330ppA64 37.125

185 315 355 375 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3 F400pp 37.000

With LC3 F400ppA64 37.125

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 6/28 and 6/29.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts a 50/60 Hz 48 110 115 220/230 230 240 380/400 400 415
Code E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(3) One auxiliary contact block type LAD N can be fitted.

Presentation : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/44 page 1/50 page 1/51

1/45
1
1

* * * * 6 5 2

*
1

KM1

KM3
KM2 1

1 3 4
* *
*
*

∗ See page 1/48

1/46
References 1
Motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters for motor control,


90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly
(on chassis)

Contactors
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 20 seconds (3)
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Contactors (2) Separate
components
1
220/ 380/ line delta star (see below)
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V
kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component types
90 160 160 185 LC1 F185pp LC1 F185pp LC1 D150pp F185

100 200 200 220 LC1 F225pp LC1 F225pp LC1 F185pp F225

110 220 220 250 LC1 F265pp LC1 F265pp LC1 F185pp F265

160 280 280 315 LC1 F330pp LC1 F330pp LC1 F265pp F330

185 315 355 375 LC1 F400pp LC1 F400pp LC1 F265pp F400

Separate components (4)


Description Illustration For No. Sold in Unit Weight
item no. use on lots of reference kg
Instantaneous auxiliary 1 F185 to F400 3 1 LAD N22 0.050
contact blocks
2 N/O + 2 N/C
Control relay 2 F185 to F400 1 1 CAD 32 0.580

Time delay auxiliary 3 F185 to F400 1 1 LAD T2 0.060


contact blocks
Sealing cover 4 F185 to F400 1 1 LA9 D901 0.005

Thermal magnetic circuit- 5 F185 to F400 2 6 GB2 CB10 0.050


breaker for 5 A control circuit
Sets of 3 connectors 6 F185 1 1 LA9 FG980 0.200
for wider terminations
(optional) F225 to F400 1 1 LA9 FJ980 0.490

Sets of power connections 7 F185 1 1 LA9 F18517 0.800

F225 1 1 LA9 F22510 1.400

F265 1 1 LA9 FH610 1.400

F330 and F400 1 1 LA9 FJ610 1.500

Set of 3 busbars for 8 F185 to F400 1 1 LA7 Fppp (Selected according to size
thermal overload of thermal overload relay) see pages 6/28
connections and 6/29.

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 6/28 and 6/29.
(2) Contactors supplied with coil. Complete the reference by adding the control circuit voltage code.
Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
LC1 D150
Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
50/60 Hz E7 F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7

LC1 F185 and F225


Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
50 Hz (coil LX1) E5 F5 FE5 – M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5
60 Hz (coil LX1) E6 F6 – G6 M6 – U6 Q6 – –

LC1 F185 to F400


Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
40… 400 Hz (5) E7 (6) F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
Standard voltages, see page 5/102.
For other voltages between 24 and 660 V, see pages 5/118 to 5/125.
(3) For longer starting times, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(4) Other separate components, see page 1/49.
(5) Coil LX1: LC1 F265, F330 and F400. Coil LX9: LC1F185 and F225.
(6) Except for LC1 F400.

Presentation : Illustrations : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/44 page 1/46 page 1/50 page 1/51

1/47
1
1

14 12 10 17 * * *
1

15

*
9

*
*
KM1

KM3
KM2 *

*
*

16 13
* * *
17

11

∗ See page 1/46

1/48
References (continued) 1
Motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters for motor control,


90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly
(on chassis)

Separate components (continued from page 1/47)


Description Illustration For No. Sold in Unit Weight

Spare volt free terminals


item no.
9
use on
F185 3
lots of
10
reference
DZ3 GA3
kg
0.006
1
F225…F400 3 10 DZ3 HA3 0.007

Neutral terminals 10 F185 1 10 AB1 BC9535 0.236


with stop and spare
volt free terminal 2 100 AB1 AB8P35 0.006
(for control circuit)
1 10 DZ3 HA3 0.007

F225 and F265 1 10 AB1 BC15035 0.277

2 100 AB1 AB8M35 0.007

1 10 DZ3 JA3 0.010

F330 and F400 1 10 AB1 BC24035 0.287

2 100 AB1 AB8M35 0.007

1 10 DZ3 JA3 0.010

Reducer bracket 11 F400 2 1 LA9 F100 0.100

Mounting rails (2) 12 F185…F400 1 10 AM1 DE200 0.900

13 F185…F400 1 4 AM1 EC200 2.980

Uprights (2) 14 F115…F400 2 4 AM1 EC200 2.980

1/4 turn sliding clip nuts 15 F185…F400 2 10 AF1 CD061 0.020


and corresponding bolts
for rails AM1 DE 100 AF1 VA618 0.006

1/4 turn sliding clip nuts 16 F185…F400 8 10 AF1 CD081 0.020


and corresponding bolts
for rails AM1 DE 10 AF1 VC820 0.024

1/4 turn sliding clip nuts 17 F185…F330 15 10 AF1 CD061 0.020


and corresponding bolts
for equipment fixing 100 AF1 VA618 0.006

F400 8 10 AF1 CD061 0.020

10 AF1 CD081 0.020

100 AF1 VA618 0.006

10 AF1 VC820 0.024

4 – 25 x H6 screws with washers

Enclosures: – F185…F225 1 1 ACM GV763 19.090


metal, grey RAL 7032
F265 1 1 ACM GV973 33.310

F330 and F400 1 1 ACM GV1084 54.000

Fixing lugs – – 4 4 AE3 FX122 0.080


adjustable for enclosure ACM

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.
(2) Supplied in 2 m lengths. See page 1/50 for cutting to length.

Presentation : Illustrations : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/44 page 1/48 page 1/50 page 1/51

1/49
Dimensions 1
Motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters

Dimensions
Chassis mounted starters
1 Pre-assembled: LC3 F185 to LC3 F400
For customer assembly: 2 x LC1 Fppp and 1 x LC1 D150 or 3 x LC1 Fppp

F1 F2

K4
K3
KM2 KM3 KM1
H

b
K2
K1
K
c a

a b c G H K K1 K2 K3 K4
LC3 F185 or 2 x LC1 Fppp + 1 x LC1 D 565 675 235 525 625 160 110 80 110 80
with components F185
LC3 F225 or 3 x LC1 Fppp with components F225 565 675 235 525 625 160 110 80 110 80

LC3 F265 or 3 x LC1 Fppp with components F265 665 775 266 625 725 165 110 100 110 110

LC3 F330 or 3 x LC1 Fppp with components F330 765 975 276 725 825 195 140 100 110 180

LC3 F400 or 3 x LC1 Fppp with components F400 765 975 276 725 925 195 140 100 180 110

Presentation : References :
page 1/44 pages 1/45, 1/47 and 1/49

1/50
Schemes 1
Motor starters - open version 1

Star-delta starters

Schemes
Star-delta starters
LC3 F185 to F400 1
L1

L2

L3

Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation

6
2

4
(standard motor, viewed from shaft end).

W1
U1

V1
3

3
5

5
1

– KM2 – KM3 – KM1

W2
U2

V2
6

6
2

4
W1
U1

V1

5
2

6
W2
U2

V2

– F1
95

– F1
96
21

O
Remote
13 22

control
153

67

l
– KM1 – KM2
14

184 154

68

172

– KM1 – KM1
183

171
55

– KM2
13
53
56

– KM2 – KA1
61

14
54

– KM3
62
A1

A1

A1

A1

– KM1 – KM2 – KA1 – KM3


– F2
A2

A2

A2

A2

Presentation : References :
page 1/44 pages 1/45, 1/47 and 1/49

1/51
Selection guide 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

Function performed Function not performed


Selectable overload class

1 Detection of overtorque, no-load running, long starting times


Earth fault protection (equipment protection only)

Protection against phase imbalance


Protection against phase loss

Fault differentiation With contact block

Reset on thermal overload Manual or Manual Manual or automatic Manual


automatic

Alarms (thermal overload, overcurrent, ...)

Indication of motor load

Protection function parameter entry


"Log" function, monitoring

Remote motor starter status and commands via serial or


parallel link

Motor starter management via serial link (status, Modbus port


commands, selection and parameter entry for alarms, built-in
log, monitoring)

Isolation function

Protection against overloads and short-circuits

Power at 400 V With circuit-breaker 0.06…75 kW 30…450 kW 0.06…450 kW 0.06…110 kW


With fuses 0.06…75 kW 30…450 kW 0.06…450 kW

Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Thermal magnetic


circuit-breaker circuit-breaker circuit-breaker circuit-breaker
or fuses or fuses or fuses

Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor

Thermal Electronic thermal Multifunction


overload relay overload relay protection relay

1/52
1
1

With function module Indication on front panel,


processing by communication

Manual Remote or automatic with function module Reset parameters can be set to manual or
automatic

With function module Indication on front panel,


processing by communication
With function module Indication on front panel,
processing by communication

Indication on front panel, processing by


communication

With communication With AS-Interface or With AS-Interface or Modbus communication module


module or control Modbus communication (indication of motor load and thermal overload alarm only with Modbus communication module)
splitter box module
(1) (1) (1)
With Modbus communication module

0.06…11 kW 0.06…15 kW 0.06…15 kW 16.5…450 kW 0.06…15 kW 16.5…450 kW


0.06…450 kW 0.06…450 kW

Quickfit solution Starter-controller with Starter-controller with Magnetic Starter-controller with Magnetic
standard control unit advanced control unit circuit-breaker or fuses multifunction control unit circuit-breaker or fuses

Contactor Contactor

Controller with Controller with


advanced control unit multifunction control unit

(1) Parallel wiring module

1/53
Presentation 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Presentation
521288

The TeSys U starter controller is a D.O.L. starter (1) which performs the following functions:

1 b protection and control of single-phase or 3-phase motors:


v breaking function,
v overload and short-circuit protection,
v thermal overload protection and power switching,
b control of the application:
v protection function alarms,
6
v application monitoring (running time, number of faults, motor current values, ...),
v logs (last 5 faults saved, together with motor parameter values).
These functions can be added by selecting control units and function modules which simply clip
into the power base. The product can therefore be customised at the last moment. Setting-up
accessories simplify or completely eliminate wiring between components.
2 Basic starter-controller
Consists of a power base and a control unit.
Power base 1
Is independent of the control voltage and of the motor power.
It incorporates the breaking function with a breaking capacity of 50 kA at 400 V, total coordination
(continuity of service) and the switching function.
b 2 ratings are available: 0…12 A and 0…32 A.
b Non-reversing (LUB) and reversing (LU2B).
1 Control units 2
These must be selected according to the control voltage, the power of the motor to be protected
3 and the type of protection required.
b Standard control unit (LUCA): satisfies the basic protection requirements for motor starters:
thermal overload and short-circuit (for details see page 1/55).
b Advanced control unit (LUCB, LUCC or LUCD): allows additional advanced functions such
as alarm, fault differentiation, … (for details see page 1/56).
b Multifunction control unit (LUCM): suitable for the most sophisticated control and protection
4 requirements (for details see page 1/57).
The control units are interchangeable without rewiring and without using tools. They have a wide
range of adjustment (range of 4) and low heat dissipation.
Control options
5 Function modules can be used to increase the functions of the starter-controller.
8
Function modules 3
Must be used with advanced control units.
4 types are available:
7 b thermal overload alarm (LUF W10),
b thermal fault and manual reset (LUF DH11),
b thermal fault and automatic or remote reset (LUF DA01 and LUF DA10),
b indication of motor load (LUF V), which can also be used with the multifunction control unit.
All alarm and fault information processed by these modules is available on digital contacts.
Communication modules 3
The information processed is exchanged:
b via a parallel bus:
v parallel wiring module (LUF C00),
b via a serial bus:
v AS-Interface modules (ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51),
v Modbus modules (LUL C031, LUL C032 and LUL C033).
They must be used in conjunction with a c 24 V control unit and require a c 24 V control
voltage. Connection to other protocols such as FIPIO, Profibus-DP and DeviceNet is possible
via gateway modules (LUFP).
Auxiliary contact modules (LUFN) 3
3 possible configurations 2 N/O, 1 N/O + 1 N/C or 2 N/C.
Add-on contact blocks 4
Indicate the following status of power base: ready, fault and pole status.
Power options
Reverser block 5
Allows a non-reversing power base to be converted to reversing operation.
The reverser block (LU2M) is mounted directly beneath the power base without modifying the
width of the product (45 mm). The reverser block LU6M is mounted separately from the power
base when the height available is limited.
Limiter-disconnector LUA LB 6
This unit is mounted directly on the power base. It allows the breaking capacity to be increased
up to 130 kA at 400 V.
Setting-up accessories
Plug-in terminal blocks 7
The control terminal blocks are of the plug-in type, so allowing wiring to be prepared away from
the machine or the replacement of products without rewiring.
Control circuit pre wiring system 8
Numerous pre-wired accessories provide simple, clip-in connections (e.g. connection of reverser
control terminals, ...
(1) For use with resistive and inductive loads. Control of d.c. or capacitive loads is not possible.

1/54
Presentation 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
with standard control unit

b Protection against overloads and short-circuits


b Protection against phase failure and phase imbalance
b
b
Protection against insulation breaks (equipment protection only)
Manual reset 1
520726

3-phase motor
Class 10

Power base Standard control unit


LUB or LU2B LUCA

Status Status and commands transmitted by the bus

Parallel bus Serial bus

Blanking cover Auxiliary contact Parallel wiring AS-Interface Modbus


LU9C 1 module module communication modules communication
LUF N LUF C00 ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51 modules
LUL C031,
LUL C032 and
LUL C033

Status

Add-on contact Blanking cover


blocks LUA1 LU9C 2

1/55
Presentation 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
with advanced control unit

b Protection against overloads and short-circuits


b Protection against phase failure and phase imbalance
b
1 b
Protection against insulation breaks (equipment protection only)
Manual reset (remote or automatic with a function module)

3-phase motor 3-phase motor Single-phase motor


Class 10 Class 20 Class 10
533842

Power base Advanced Advanced Advanced control


LUB or LU2B control unit LUCB control unit LUCD unit LUCC

Status Thermal Thermal Alarm Indication of Status and commands transmitted by the bus
overload overload motor load
signalling and signalling and (analogue) Parallel bus Serial bus
manual reset automatic
reset
b Thermal overload
signalling and
manual, remote or
automatic reset
b Alarm
b Indication of motor
load

Blanking cover Auxiliary Function Function Function Function Parallel AS-Interface Modbus
LU9C 1 contact module modules module module wiring communication communication
module LUF DH11 LUF DA01 LUF W10 LUF V module modules modules
LUF N and UF DA10 LUF C00 ASILUF C5 and LUL C031,
ASILUF C51 LUL C032 and
LUL C033

Status

Add-on contact Blanking cover


blocks LUA1 LU9C 2

1/56
Presentation 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
with multifunction control unit

b Protection against overloads and short-circuits


b Protection against phase failure and phase imbalance
b
b
Protection against insulation breaks (equipment protection only)
Reset parameters can be set to manual or automatic 1
b Protection function alarm
b Indication on front panel or on remote terminal via Modbus RS 485 port
b "Log" function
b "Monitoring" function, indication of main motor parameters on front panel of the
control unit or via a remote terminal
b Fault signalling
b Overtorque, no-load running
565397

Single-phase or 3-phase motors


Class 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30

Power base Multifunction control unit


LUB or LU2B LUCM

Status Indication of Status and commands transmitted by the bus


motor load
(analogue)
Parallel bus Serial bus

Remote programming
and monitoring of all
functions

Blanking Aduxiliary Function Parallel AS-Interface Modbus


cover contact module wiring communication communication
LU9C 1 module LUF V module modules modules
LUF N LUF C00 ASILUF C5 and LUL C031,
ASILUF C51 LUL C032 and
LUL C033

Status

Add-on contact blocks Blanking cover


LUA1 LU9C 2

1/57
Application examples 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
520965

Application
Starting and protection of a pump.
1
Operating conditions
b Power: 4 kW at 400 V.
b In: 9 A.
b Maximum of 10 class 10 starts per hour.
b Duty class S3.
b 3-wire control:
v Start button (S2),
v Stop button (S1),
b Control circuit voltage: a 230 V.

Products used
Products used Item Quantity Reference Page
Power base 12 A with screw clamp 1 1 LUB 12 1/64
connections
Standard control unit 2 1 LUCA 12FU 1/69

Functions performed
561680

b Short-circuit protection with level of protection of 50 kA at 400 V.


b Total coordination of protection devices conforming to EN 60947-6-2 (continuity of
service) in case of a short-circuit.
b Electronic protection against thermal overloads with an adjustment range of 4.
b Load switching (2 million operating cycles in category AC-43 at In).
b Indication of motor status by N/C or N/O contact.
b Interlock between the motor starter control and the selector knob position; not
possible to start the motor when the knob is in the OFF position.

Scheme

230 V
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

13

C.U.
14
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

A1


W1
U1

V1

A2

M
3

1/58
Application examples 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
561681

Application
Expansion of an existing installation for improved control of its operation.
1
Operating conditions
Monitor the status of the motor and obtain alarm signalling by a digital contact in
order to improve operation of the pump and anticipate a complete stoppage due to
thermal overload.

Additional products used


Products used Item Quantity Reference Page
Replace the standard control unit with an advanced control unit and insert a thermal
overload alarm function module.
Advanced control unit 2 1 LUCB 12FU 1/69
Alarm function module 3 1 LUF W10 1/71

Functions performed
b Alarm information is generated by the advanced control unit and is processed by
the thermal overload alarm function module to make it usable.
b The advanced control unit includes a thermal trip Test button on its front panel.

Scheme

a 230 V
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

LUF W10 Alarms Module


13
C.U.
14

07 08
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

To
A1

application

W1
U1

V1

A2

M
3a
a

Other versions The advanced control unit can provide other functions,
depending on the type of function modules used (instead of
the LUF W module described above):
- thermal fault signalling with function modules LUF DA01,
LUF DA10 or LUF DH11,
- indication of motor load with the function module LUF V2.
This module delivers a 4-20 mA, analogue signal which is
proportional to the average 3-phase current drawn by the
motor. This allows the load current to be monitored and
provides access to other application functions using this
value, or to predictive or preventive maintenance
possibilities (replacement of the motor before it breaks
down).

1/59
Application examples 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
520969

Application
Monitoring operation of a surface pump in a water treatment plant to avoid running
1 empty, which could lead to destruction of the pump.
Operating conditions
b Power: 15 kW at 400 V.
b In: 28.5 A.
b Duty class S1.
b Control circuit voltage: c 24 V.
b Control-command by PLC and serial link using the Modbus protocol.
Products used
Products used Item Quantity Reference Page
Power base 32 A without connections 1 1 LUB 320 1/64
Multifunction control unit 2 1 LUCM 32BL 1/70
Modbus communication module 3 1 LUL C032 1/85
Pre-wired coil connection 4 1 LU9B N11C 1/85
Connection of communication module
output terminals to the coil terminals
Connection cable for connecting the – 1 VW3 A8 306 Rpp 1/85
communication module to the serial bus
510301

T-junction – 1 VW3 A8 306 TF03 1/85


Functions performed
b Short-circuit protection with level of protection of 50 kA at 400V.
b Total coordination of protection devices conforming to EN 60947-6-2 (continuity of
service) in case of a short-circuit.
b Electronic protection against thermal overloads with an adjustment range of 4.
b Load ing (1.5 million operating cycles in category AC-43 at In).
b Measurement of load current and detection of no-load running by the multifunction
control unit.
b Interlock between the motor starter control and the selector knob position; not
possible to start the motor when the knob is in the OFF position.
b No-load running or operation under load. To use this function, the following
parameters must be entered:
v trip: the answer yes/no enables or disables the function,
v time before tripping: the time period during which the value of the current must be
below the tripping threshold in order to cause tripping (adjustable from 1 to 200 s).
v tripping threshold: value as a % of the load current ratio in relation to the setting
current. If the ratio remains below this threshold for the time specified in the previous
parameter, the product trips (adjustable from 30 to 100 %).
b Indication of the various motor starter status and currents.
Schemes
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

LUCM Multifunction LUL C032 Modbus Module


Control Unit
24 V 24 V
D (B)
D (A)

D (B)
D (A)

Modbus profile IEC 64915


Gnd

Gnd

c Aux COM
LO1

24 V Aux LU9B N11C


LI1
LI2

Commands (Register 704) Status (Register 455) Pre wired coil


4 5 8 4 5 8
Forward running Bit 0 Ready (available)
Reverse running Bit 1 Poles closed
Reserved Bit 2 Fault
C.U.
Reset Bit 3 Alarms
Reserved Bit 4 Tripped
Connection test Bit 5 Reserved reset enabled
+
Reserved Bit 6 A1-A2 powered c 24 V
U1 2/T1

V1 4/T2

W1 6/T3

Reserved Bit 7 Motor running


Reserved Bit 8 Motor current % (bit 0)
Reserved Bit 9 Motor current % (bit 1) Modbus
M
Reserved Bit 10 Motor current % (bit 2) 3a
Reserved Bit 11 Motor current % (bit 3) VW3 A8 306 TF03

Reserved 3-phase control Bit 12 Motor current % (bit 4)


Reserved Bit 13 Motor current % (bit 5) Other functions
Reserved Bit 14 Reserved
The multifunction control unit incorporates other control and protection functions,
Reserved Bit 15 Motor starting
such as: monitoring and control of phase current, alarm, …
Module LUL C032 also provides a programmable output and two programmable
discrete inputs.

1/60
Application examples 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
520967

Application
Starting and control of a packing machine conveyor belt.
1
Operating conditions
b Power: 0.37 kW at 400 V.
b In: 0.98 A.
b Duty class S1.
b Control circuit voltage: c 24 V
b Control and command by the AS-Interface cabling system.
Products used
Products used Item Quantity Reference Page
Power base 12 A without connections 1 1 LUB 120 1/64
Standard control unit 2 1 LUCA 1XBL 1/69
AS-Interface 3 1 ASILUF C5 1/82
Communication module
Tap-off for connecting the – 1 XZ CG0142 1/83
communication module to the serial bus
Pre-wired coil connection 4 1 LU9B N11C 1/83
Connection of communication module
output terminals to the coil terminals

Functions performed
521489

b Short-circuit protection with level of protection of 50 kA at 400 V.


b Total coordination of protection devices conforming to EN 60947-6-2 (continuity of
service) in case of a short-circuit.
b Electronic protection against thermal overloads with an adjustment range of 4.
b Load switching (2 million operating cycles in category AC-43 at In).
b Indication of motor status by N/C or N/O contact.
b Interlock between the motor starter control and the selector knob position; not
possible to start the motor when the knob is in the OFF position.
b Start/Stop commands and Ready, Running and Stopped motor status are
transmitted by the bus. The AS-Interface 7.D.F.O profile of the new
AS-Interface V2 protocol, implemented in the starter-controller, ensures total
compatibility with that of the LF enclosed starter range.
b Indication of module operation and communication status by 2 LEDs on the front
panel of the communication module.
b Addressing of the module is achieved using adjustment console ASI TERV2 or
console XZ MC11. Using pre-wired coil connector LU9B N11C avoids having to wire
the control connections. However, easy access to the control connector on the front
panel of the starter allows any control schemes required by the user to be included
in the line (local controls, emergency stop, safety contact, .....)
Scheme
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

ASILUF C5 AS-Interface Module

24 V AS-i
LU9B N11C
Pre wired coil + +

C.U.

+
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

24 V
W1
U1

V1

AS-i

M XZ CG0142
3

1/61
Application examples 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
520971

Application
Manual control of a 2-position turntable.
1
Operating conditions
b Power: 2.2 kW at 400 V.
b In: 6 A.
b 30 starts per hour
b Duty class S4.
b 3-wire control:
v Pushbutton for Position 1 (S1),
v Pushbutton for Position 2 (S2),
v Stop button (S5),
b Stopping at the positions is achieved by limit switches S3 and S4.
b Control circuit voltage: a 115 V.

Products used
Products used Item Quantity Reference Page
523761

Power base reversing, 12 A with screw 1 1 LU2B 12FU 1/65


clamp connections
Standard control unit 2 1 LUCA 12FU 1/69

1
Functions performed
b Short-circuit protection with level of protection of 50 kA at 400V.
b Total coordination of protection devices conforming to EN 60947-6-2 (continuity of
service) in case of a short-circuit.
b Electronic protection against thermal overloads with an adjustment range of 4.
2
b Load switching (2 million operating cycles in category AC-43 at In).
b Interlock between the motor starter control and the selector knob position; not
possible to start the motor when the knob is in the OFF position.

Electrical interlocking is ensured by pre-wired connector LU9M R1C (item 3)


included on base LU2B 12. The design of the reversing power block makes
mechanical interlocking unnecessary.

Scheme (manual control)


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

LU2B Reverser Motor Controller


A3

B3

A1

B1

A2

C.U.
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3
W1
U1

V1

M
3
115 V

1/62
Application examples 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U controllers
520973

Application
Detection of a rock crusher blockage by monitoring the motor current.
Operating conditions 1
b Power: 90 kW at 400 V.
b In: 185 A.
b Duty class S1.
b Control circuit voltage: a 230 V
b Control-command by PLC and serial link using the Modbus protocol.
Products used
Products used Item Quantity Reference Page
Controller 1 1 LUT M20BL 1/77
Multifunction control unit 2 1 LUCM T1BL 1/77
Modbus communication module 3 1 LUL C032 1/85
Current transformer 4 3 LUT C4001 1/77
Contactor 5 1 LC1 F185P7 –
Circuit-breaker 6 1 NS 250HMA –

Functions performed
b Short-circuit protection with level of protection of 70 kA at 400V.
523762

b Electronic protection against thermal overloads with an adjustment range of 4.


b Detection of crusher blockage by monitoring the induced overcurrent. To use the
"overtorque or jam" function, the following parameters must be entered :
6 v trip: the answer yes/no enables or disables the function,
v time before tripping: the time period during which the value of the current must be
above the tripping threshold in order to cause tripping (adjustable from 1 to 30 s).
v tripping threshold: value as a % of the load current ratio in relation to the setting
1 4 current. If the ratio remains above this threshold for the time specified in the previous
parameter, the product trips (adjustable from 100 to 800 %).
2
It is possible to set the parameter for an alarm at a preset threshold under the same
conditions as above.
5
3

Scheme
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

– KA1 – KA1 – KA1 230 V a


LUCM T1BL LUT M20BL Controller LUL C032 Modbus Module
Multifunction Control Unit
– Q6 S2
24 V 24 V
D (B)
D (A)

D (B)
D (A)

24 V Aux c Aux COM


Gnd

S1
Gnd
LO1
LI1
LI2
L3
L2
L1

I.6

I.7
I.3

96

4 5 8 4 5 8
6/T3
2/T1

4/T2

– KA1

– T1 From S1/T1, S1/T2, S1/


S1
T3, S2/T1, S2/T2, S2/T3
– T2 – KA1
S2

S1
13

– KM1 – Q6 – Q6
– T3 To –KA1
S2

S1
A1

– KM1
S2

A2

+
5/L3
3/L2
1/L1

c 24 V
– KM1
V1 4T2

W1 6T3
U1 2T1

– KA1
Modbus

VW3 A8 306 TF03 a


M
3a

Other functions
The multifunction control unit incorporates other control and protection functions,
such as: monitoring and control of phase currents, alarm, …
Communication module LUL C032 also provides a programmable output and two
programmable inputs.

1/63
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Non-reversing power bases

Two versions of control connection are available:


b connection by screw terminals, plug-in control terminal block,
520739

561330

b without connection. This version enables wiring to be prepared in advance and


1 is recommended when a communication module is required (allowing the use of
control connection prewiring accessories) or when a reverser block is to be mounted
by the customer.

Power bases for non-reversing D.O.L. starting (1)


Connection Item Rating Reference Weight
Power Control (2) ≤ 440 V 500 V 690 V
A A A kg
These bases have 2 auxiliary contacts: 1 N/O (13-14) and 1 N/C (21-22) which
indicate the closed or open position of the power poles.

A low power internal contact allows power supply to the control unit to be switched
LUB p2 LUB p20 off when the control knob is no longer in the ON position.

The power bases must be used in conjunction with a control unit, see pages 1/68
to 1/70.

Screw clamp Screw 1 + 2 + 3 12 12 9 LUB 12 0.900


520740

terminals clamp +4
terminals 32 23 21 LUB 32 0.900

Without 1+2 12 12 9 LUB 120 0.865


1 connections
2 32 23 21 LUB 320 0.865

Terminal block for power bases without connections


Connection For base Item Reference Weight
(2) kg
Screw clamp terminals LUB 120 or 320 3+4 LU9B N11 0.045

(1) Rated breaking capacity for operation on short-circuit (Ics), see table below.
For higher values, use current limiters, see page 1/67.
Volts 230 440 500 690 (3)
4
kA 50 50 10 4
3
(2) The various sub-assemblies are supplied assembled but they are easy to separate, as shown
LUB p2 in the illustration.
(3) For 690 V, use phase barrier LU9 SP0.
Other versions Power bases without built-in short-circuit protection device
(short-circuit protection by circuit-breaker or separate
fuses).
Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

Characteristics : Dimensions : Schemes :


pages 1/88 and 1/89 pages 1/102 and 1/103 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/64
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Reversing power bases
561270

Two versions of control connection are available:


b connection by screw terminals, plug-in control terminal block,
b without connection. This version enables wiring to be prepared in advance and
is recommended when a communication module is required, allowing the use of
1
control connection pre-wiring accessories.
Power bases for reversing D.O.L. starting, pre-assembled
Connection Item Rating Reference, Weight
Power Control (1) ≤ 440 V 500 V 690 V to be completed
(2)
A A A kg
These bases have two N/O common point contacts (81-82-84) which indicate non-
reversing and reversing operating status.
Screw clamp Screw 1 + 2 + 3 12 12 9 LU2B 12pp 1.270
terminals clamp + 4 + 5 32 23 21 LU2B 32pp 1.270
terminals
Without 1 + 2 + 3 12 12 9 LU2B A0pp 1.270
connections +5 32 23 21 LU2B B0pp 1.250
Power bases for reversing D.O.L. starting, for customer assembly
A reverser block should preferably be combined with a non-reversing power base
without connections to create a reversing starter-controller.
LU2B p2 The built-in N/O (13-14) and N/C (21-22) contacts are used for electrical interlocking
between the reverser block and the base; they are therefore no longer available as
output contacts.
The reverser block has two N/O common point contacts (81-82-84) which indicate
non-reversing and reversing operating status.
32 A reverser block Connection Item (1) Reference, Weight
520741

Power Control to be completed kg


1 (2)
For mounting directly Screw clamp Without 3 LU2M B0pp 0.400
beneath the power base terminals connections
For mounting separately Screw clamp Without 6 LU6M B0pp 0.425
2 from the base terminals connections
(screw or rail fixing)

Accessories
Description Item Application Reference Weight
kg
Control 4 Reversing power base without LU9 M1 0.025
terminal connections LU2B A0pp or B0pp
block Reverser block LU2M B0pp for LU9 M1 0.025
direct mounting beneath power base
Reverser block LU6M B0pp for LU9 M1 0.025
3 mounting separately from power base
7 Reverser block LU6M B0pp for LU9M R1 0.030
5 mounting separately from power base
Control circuit pre-wiring components
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired connector (3) 5 LU9M R1C 0.035
4 (1) The various sub-assemblies are supplied assembled but they are easy to separate, as shown
in the illustration.
(2) Select the same control voltage as that of the control unit.
LU2B p2
Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts 24 48…72 110…240
c
520826

BL – –
a B – –
c or a – ES (4) FU (5)
6 (3) For control connection between a power base and a reverser block, for direct mounting.
(4) c : 48…72 V, a : 48 V.
(5) c : 110…220 V, a : 110...240 V.
Other versions Power bases without built-in short-circuit protection device
(short-circuit protection by circuit-breaker or separate fuses).
Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
7

LU6M + LU9 M1 + LU9M R1

Characteristics : Dimensions : Schemes :


pages 1/88 and 1/89 pages 1/102 and 1/103 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/65
Presentation, TeSys motor starters - open version 1

references 1
TeSys U starter-controllers
Add-on contact blocks and auxiliary contact modules

Contact states
Product status Position of Indication N/O pole N/C pole N/O contact N/C contact
1 control
handle
on front
panel
contact contact any fault any fault N/O contact
product
ready
References of add-on contact blocks – – – LUF N11 LUA1 C20 LUA1 C11 LUA1 C20
and auxiliary contact modules 31-32 97-98 95-96 17-18
Terminal referencing or – – – LUF N02 LUA1 C200 LUA1 C110 LUA1 C200
31-32 no terminal no terminal no terminal
41-42 block block block
or – – LUF N20 LU9B N11 – – LUA1 C11
33-34 21-22 17-18
43-44
or – – LUF N11 – – – LUA1 C110
43-44 no terminal
block
or – – LU9B N11 – – – –
13-14
Off 0
OFF

Ready to operate 0

Start 1

Tripped on short-circuit TRIP I>>

Tripped on Manual reset mode TRIP 0


thermal overload

Automatic reset on thermal 0


overload fault mode

Remote reset mode 0

N/O contact in closed position. N/O contact in open position


References
Add-on contact blocks
Signalling and composition Connection Item Reference Weight
561521

kg
1 N/C fault signalling Screw clamp 1+2 LUA1 C11 0.030
contact (95-96) and 1 N/O terminals
contact (17-18) indicating Without 1 LUA1 C110 0.012
control handle in “ready” connections
position
1 N/O fault signalling Screw clamp 1+2 LUA1 C20 0.030
3 contact (97-98) and 1 N/O terminals
contact (17-18) indicating Without 1 LUA1 C200 0.012
control handle in “ready” connections
position
Auxiliary contact modules for connection by screw clamp terminals
4
Module with 2 contacts indicating the status of the starter-controller power poles
Operation: a or c 24…250 V, I th: 5 A
Composition Item Reference Weight
1
kg
2 N/O contacts (33-34 and 43-44) 3 LUF N20 0.050
2 1 N/C contact (31-32) and 1 N/O contact (43-44) 3 LUF N11 0.050
2 N/C contacts (31-32 and 41-42) 3 LUF N02 0.050
5 Accessories
Description For use on Item Reference Weight
LUB + LUA1 + LUF N kg
Screw clamp LUA1 C110 2 LU9B C11 0.022
terminal blocks LUA1 C200 2 LU9B C20 0.022

Blanking covers Location for auxiliary contact, 4 LU9C 1 0.020


communication or function module
Location for add-on contact blocks 5 LU9C 2 0.010

Characteristics : Schemes :
page 1/90 page 1/88

1/66
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Power connection pre-wired system, limiter blocks
and accessories
533843

Pre-wired system for power connections up to 63 A


Description Application Pitch Item Sold in Unit Weight
8 4 1 2
Sets of 3-pole 2 tap-offs
mm
45 2
lots of
1
reference
GV2 G245
kg
0.036
1
63 A busbars 54 – 1 GV2 G254 0.038
3 3 tap-offs 45 – 1 GV2 G345 0.058
54 – 1 GV2 G354 0.060
4 tap-offs 45 1 1 GV2 G445 0.077
54 – 1 GV2 G454 0.085
5 tap-offs 54 – 1 GV2 G554 0.100
Protective For unused – 4 5 GV1 G10 0.005
end cover busbar outlets
Terminal block for Connection – 3 1 GV1 G09 0.040
supply to one or from the top
more busbar sets
533844

5 6
Pre-wired system for power connections up to 160 A
The busbar system can be screw-mounted onto any type of support.
Set of 4-pole busbars: 3-phase + neutral or 3-phase + common
Number of Item Length For mounting in Reference Weight
tap-offs at mm enclosure width
18 mm intervals mm kg
18 5 452 800 AK5 JB144 0.900
Removable 3-phase power sockets
Number of points Thermal Item Cable Sold in Unit Weight
used on the current lengths lots of reference
busbar system kg
2 16 6 200 6 AK5 PC13 (1) 0.040
32 6 250 6 AK5 PC33 (1) 0.045
1000 6 AK5 PC33L (1) 0.060
Limiter blocks and accessories
Application Item Breaking Mounting Unit Weight
capacity Iq reference
≤ 440 V 690 V
kA kA kg
533845

Limiter- 7 + 10 130 70 Direct on LUA LB1 (2) 0.310


7 disconnector (3) power base
(6)
Current limiters 8 100 35 Separate LA9 LB920 0.320
10
(3)
Limiter cartridge 10 130 70 Limiter-disconnector LUA LF1 0.135
8
Clip-in – – – On power base, LAD 90 (4) 0.001
marker holder on reverser block,
on parallel link
splitter box
Phase barrier
Phase barrier LU9 SP0 must be used:
b To build a UL 508 type E certified starter (Self Protected Starter).
561524

9 Without the phase barrier, the starter-controller is certified UL 508.


b If the starter-controller is to be used on an operational voltage of 690 V.
Description Item Application Mounting Reference Weight
kg
Phase barrier 9 LUB or LU2B 12 or 120 Direct on LU9 SP0 0.030
LUB or LU2B 32 or 320 terminals
LUA LB1 L1, L2, L3
Door interlock mechanisms
561425

Description Item Reference Weight


kg
11 Fixing kit (5) (7) 11 + 12 LU9 AP00 0.490
Door-mounted black handle/blue front plate, IP54 13 LU9 AP11 0.150
Door-mounted red handle/yellow front plate, IP54 13 LU9 AP12 0.150
(1) The maximum permissible peak current for power sockets AK5 PCpp is 6 kA.
When used in association with power bases LUBpp, the prospective short-circuit current must
12 not exceed 7 kA
13 (2) Supplied with limiter cartridge.
(3) These devices make it possible to increase the breaking capacity of the power base.
(4) Sold in lots of 100.
(5) The fixing kit includes a shaft extension (maximum depth 508 mm).
(6) The limiter must be mounted on an LUB or LU2B power base. The limiter can therefore not
be common to several motor starters.
(7) To use the fixing kit with a D.O.L. reversing power base, only reverser block LU6 M must be
used.

Dimensions :
pages 1/102 and 1/103

1/67
Selection 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Control units

Operating characteristics
Control units Standard Advanced Multifunction
1 Thermal overload protection
LUCA LUCB LUCC LUCD LUCM

Overcurrent protection 14.2 x the setting current 3 to 17 x the setting current

Short-circuit protection 14.2 x the max. current


Protection against phase loss

Protection against phase imbalance


Earth fault detection
(equipment protection only)
Tripping class 10 10 20 5…30
Motor type 3-phase Single-phase 3-phase Single-phase and 3-phase

Thermal overload test function


Overtorque

No-load running
Long starting times

Reset mode Manual Parameters can be set


Automatic or remote With function module or parameters can Parameters can be set
be set via the bus with a communication
module, see chart below. Parameters can be set via the bus with
a communication module (see below).

Alarm Thermal overload alarm only with Possible for each type of fault.
function module or communication Indication on front panel of the control
module, see below. unit, via remote terminal, via PC or via
PDA (1).
With communication modules to make
use of these alarms via a bus, see
below.
"Log" function Log of the last 5 trips.
Number of starts, number of trips,
number of operating hours.

"Monitoring" function Display of main motor parameters on


front panel of the control unit via
remote terminal, via PC or via PDA (1).

With function modules (2)


Thermal overload alarm With module LUF W
Thermal overload signalling and manual reset With module LUF DH11

Thermal overload signalling and automatic With modules LUF DA01 and
or remote reset LUF DA10
Indication of motor load (analogue) With module LUF V

With communication module or via Modbus port on control unit LUCM (2)
Starter status (ready, running, fault) With any communication module
Reset mode Parameters can be set via the bus
Alarm With Modbus modules LUL C031, With Modbus modules LUL C031,
LUL C032 and LUL C033 (thermal LUL C032 and LUL C033 and Modbus
Remote reset via the bus overload alarm only). port on the control unit (alarm possible
for all types of fault).
Indication of motor load

Fault signalling and differentiation


Remote programming and monitoring of all functions With Modbus modules LUL C031,
"Log" function LUL C032 and LUL C033 and Modbus
port on the control unit.
"Monitoring" function

Built-in function Function provided with accessory

(1) PDA: Personal Digital Assistant.


(2) Mounting possibilities: 1 function module or 1 communication module.

1/68
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Standard and advanced control units
530655

Description
1 Extraction and locking handle

1
2
3
Test button (on advanced control unit only)
Ir adjustment dial
1
5 4 Locking of settings by sealing the transparent cover
5 Sealing of locking handle
2
Standard control units
Maximum standard power Setting Clip-in Reference Weight
ratings of 3-phase motors range mounting on to be completed
50/60 Hz power base by adding the
400/440 V 500 V 690 V Rating voltage code (1)
kW kW kW A A kg
0.09 – – 0.15…0.6 12 and 32 LUCA X6pp 0.135
4 3 0.25 – – 0.35…1.4 12 and 32 LUCA 1Xpp 0.135
LUCA pppp
LUCB pppp 1.5 2.2 3 1.25…5 12 and 32 LUCA 05pp 0.135
5.5 5.5 9 3…12 12 and 32 LUCA 12pp 0.135
520735

7.5 9 15 4.5…18 32 LUCA 18pp 0.135


15 15 18.5 8…32 32 LUCA 32pp 0.135

Advanced control units


Pressing the Test button on the front panel simulates tripping on thermal overload.
Class 10 for 3-phase motors
0.09 – – 0.15…0.6 12 and 32 LUCB X6pp 0.140
0.25 – – 0.35…1.4 12 and 32 LUCB 1Xpp 0.140
1.5 2.2 3 1.25…5 12 and 32 LUCB 05pp 0.140
5.5 5.5 9 3…12 12 and 32 LUCB 12pp 0.140
7.5 9 15 4.5…18 32 LUCB 18pp 0.140
15 15 18.5 8…32 32 LUCB 32pp 0.140

Class 10 for single-phase motors


– – – 0.15…0.6 12 and 32 LUCC X6pp 0.140
0.09 – – 0.35…1.4 12 and 32 LUCC 1Xpp 0.140
0.55 – – 1.25…5 12 and 32 LUCC 05pp 0.140
2.2 – – 3…12 12 and 32 LUCC 12pp 0.140
LUB p2 + LUCA pppp
4 – – 4.5…18 32 LUCC 18pp 0.140
7.5 – – 8…32 32 LUCC 32pp 0.140
520736

Class 20 for 3-phase motors


0.09 – – 0.15…0.6 12 and 32 LUCD X6pp 0.140
0.25 – – 0.35…1.4 12 and 32 LUCD 1Xpp 0.140
1.5 2.2 3 1.25…5 12 and 32 LUCD 05pp 0.140
5.5 5.5 9 3…12 12 and 32 LUCD 12pp 0.140
7.5 9 15 4.5…18 32 LUCD 18pp 0.140
15 15 18.5 8…32 32 LUCD 32pp 0.140

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:


Volts 24 48…72 110…240
c BL (2), (3) – –
a B – –
c or a – ES (4) FU (5)
(2) Voltage code to be used for a starter-controller with communication module.
(3) d.c. voltage with maximum ripple of ± 10 %.
(4) c : 48…72 V, a : 48 V.
(5) c : 110…220 V, a : 110...240 V.

LUB p2 + LUCB pppp

Characteristics : Schemes :
pages 1/88 and 1/91 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/69
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Multifunction control units
530656

Description
6 1 Extraction and locking handle
1 2 Built-in display window (2 lines, 12 characters)
3 4-button keypad
1
4 c 24 V auxiliary power supply
2 5 Modbus RS485 communication port. Connection by RJ45 connector.
6 Sealing of locking handle
3 The display window 2 and keypad 3 allow:
b in configuration mode: local configuration of protection functions and alarms,
b in run mode: display of parameter values and events.
5
The Modbus communication port 5 is used to connect:
b an operator terminal,
b a PC,
b a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA).
4
LUCM ppBL Multifunction control units
Parameter entry, monitoring of parameter values and consultation of logs are carried
out:
520737

b either on the front panel, using the built-in display window/keypad,


b or via an operator terminal,
b or via a PC or a PDA with PowerSuite software,
b or remotely, via a Modbus communication bus.
Programming of the product via the keypad requires a c 24 V auxiliary power
supply.
Maximum standard power Setting Clip-in mounting Reference Weight
ratings of 3-phase motors range on power base (1)
50/60 Hz Rating
400/415 V 500 V 690 V
kW kW kW A A kg
0.09 – – 0.15…0.6 12 and 32 LUCM X6BL 0.175
0.25 – – 0.35…1.4 12 and 32 LUCM 1XBL 0.175
1.5 2.2 3 1.25…5 12 and 32 LUCM 05BL 0.175

5.5 5.5 9 3…12 12 and 32 LUCM 12BL 0.175


7.5 9 15 4.5…18 32 LUCM 18BL 0.175
15 15 18.5 8…32 32 LUCM 32BL 0.175
LUB p2 + LUCM ppBL
TeSys U user's manual (2)
Application Language Reference Weight
kg
On CD-Rom Multi-language (3) LU9 CD1 0.022

Operator terminal
This compact Magelis terminal enables the parameters of multifunction control unit
521335

LUCM to be read and modified.


It is supplied pre-configured to provide dialogue with 8 TeSys U starter-controllers
(Modbus protocol, application pages and alarm pages loaded).
Starter-controller alarm and fault management takes priority.
Language Display window Supply voltage Reference Weight
kg
Multi-language (3) 4 lines of c 24 V XBT NU400 0.150
XBT NU400 20 characters
Connecting cable (4)
Function Length Type Reference Weight
kg
Connects terminal XBT NU400 2.5 m SUB-D 25-way XBT Z938 0.200
to a multifunction control unit. female - RJ45
(1) Input voltage c 24 V with maximum ripple of ± 10 %.
(2) The CD-Rom contains user's manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication
modules, multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway
programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
(4) If a terminal is used with several control units, this cable can be connected to a Modbus hub
or to T-junctions (see page 1/85).

Characteristics : Schemes :
pages 1/88 and 1/91 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/70
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Function modules

Function modules
Output Item Application Reference Weight

Thermal overload signalling and manual reset


kg
1
Module LUF DH11 makes it possible to differentiate thermal overload and short-
circuit faults. (The short-circuit fault can then be signalled via add-on contact blocks
LUA1 C). The module includes two contacts for thermal overload signalling, as well
as an LED on the front panel.
To reset the motor starter, the operator must use the rotary knob on the power base.
The module can only be used with an advanced control unit and requires an
a/c 24…240 V external powr supply.
533846

4 1 N/O + 1 N/C 3 a or c 24…250 V LUF DH11 0.060

Thermal overload signalling and automatic or remote reset


These modules make it possible to differentiate thermal overload and short-circuit
faults. (The short-circuit fault can then be signalled via add-on contact blocks
LUA1 C).
3 The modules include one contact for thermal overload signalling, as well as an LED
on the front panel. A second contact (terminals Z1-Z2) must be wired in series with
terminal A1 of the motor starter. In the event of a thermal overload fault, this wiring
allows motor control to be switched off. The rotary knob on the power base will then
stay in the "ready position" .
Resetting of the motor starter is automatic after the required motor cooling time if
2 terminals X1-X2 are linked by a strap, or remote by pulsed closing of a volt-free
contact connected to terminals X1-X2.

These modules can only be used with an advanced control unit and require an
a/c 24…240 V external powr supply.

LUB p2 + LUCB pppp 1


Note : Terminals X1-X2 are not isolated from the signalling module power supply.
+
For remote resetting, use a volt-free contact specifically for each module to be reset.
LUFW 10 or LUF Vp
1 N/C 4 a or c 24…250 V LUF DA01 0.055
1 NO 4 a or c 24…250 V LUF DA10 0.055

Thermal overload alarm


Through load shedding, this module makes it possible to avoid stoppages in
510445

%
200 operation due to overload tripping.
Imminent thermal overload tripping is displayed as soon as the thermal state
exceeds the threshold of 105 % (hysteresis = 5 %).
Signalling is possible via an LED on the front panel of the module and externally by
an N/O relay output.
100
It can only be used with an advanced control unit, from which it takes its power.
1
2 1 N/O 1 a or c 24…250 V LUF W10 0.055
3 1 2.2 kW
Indication of motor load
2 4 kW
3 7.5 kW This module provides a signal which is representative of the motor load status
4 12 mA 20 mA (I average/Ir).
b I average = average value of the rms currents in the 3 phases,
b Ir = value of the setting current.
The value of the signal (4-20 mA) corresponds to a load status of 0 to 200 %
(0 to 300 % for a single-phase load).
It can be used with an advanced or multifunction control unit.
Module LUF V2 requires a c 24 V external power supply.

4 - 20 mA 2 – LUF V2 0.050

Characteristics : Schemes :
pages 1/88 and 1/93 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/71
Presentation, PowerSuite software workshop 1

functions 1
534513

Presentation

1 The PowerSuite software workshop for PC is a user-friendly tool designed for setting
up control devices for the following Telemecanique brand motors:
b TeSys U controller-starters
b Altistart soft start/soft stop units
b Altivar variable speed drives.
It includes various functions designed for setup phases such as:
b Preparing configurations
b Start-up
b Maintenance.
In order to simplify the start-up and maintenance phases, the PowerSuite software
workshop can use the Bluetooth ® wireless link.

Functions (1)
PowerSuite screen on PC Preparing configurations
Installed base management
The PowerSuite software workshop can be used on its own to generate the device
configuration. It can be saved, printed and exported to office automation software.

The PowerSuite software workshop can also be used to convert:


b An Altivar 28 drive configuration to an Altivar 31 drive configuration
b An Altivar 38 drive configuration to an Altivar 61 drive configuration
b An Altivar 58 or Altivar 58F drive configuration to an Altivar 71 drive configuration.

Start-up

When the PC is connected to the device, the PowerSuite software workshop can be
533181

used to:
b Transfer the generated configuration
b Adjust
b Monitor. This option has been enhanced with new functions such as:
v The oscilloscope
v The high speed oscilloscope (minimum time base: 2 ms)
v Displaying communication parameters
b Control
b Save the final configuration.

PowerSuite screen on PC
Maintenance
View of PI regulator function parameters

In order to simplify maintenance operations, the PowerSuite software workshop can


be used to:
b Compare the configuration of a device currently being used with a saved
configuration
b Manage the user’s installed base of equipment, in particular:
v Organize the installed base into folders (electrical equipment, machinery,
workshops, etc.)
v Store maintenance messages
v Simplify Ethernet connection by storing the IP address.
533182

User interface

The PowerSuite software workshop can be used to:


b Present the device parameters arranged by function in the form of illustrated views
of diagrams or simple tables
b Customize the parameter names
b Create:
v A user menu (choice of particular parameters)
v Monitoring control panels with graphic elements (cursors, gauges)
b Perform sort operations on the parameters
b Display text in five languages (English, French, German, Italian and Spanish).
The language changes immediately and there is no need to restart the program.
PowerSuite screen on PC
Monitoring control panel (cursor, gauge)
It also has online contextual help:
b On the PowerSuite tool
b On the device functions by direct access to the user manuals.
(1) Some functions are not available for all devices. See the table of function availability,
page 1/73.
References:
page 1/74

1/72
Functions (continued) 1
PowerSuite software workshop 1

Function availability for the PowerSuite software workshop


Functions not listed in the table are available for all devices.
Function available with devices Controller-
starter
Soft start/soft Drives
stop unit
1
TeSys U ATS 48 ATV 11 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71
Monitoring
Oscilloscope
High speed oscilloscope
Display of communication parameters
Control
Customization of parameter names
Creation of a user menu
Creation of monitoring control panels
Sort operation on parameters
Functions available
Functions not available

Connections (1)
Modbus communication bus
The PowerSuite software workshop can be connected directly to the device terminal
522793

PowerSuite
port or Modbus network port via the serial port on the PC.

Two types of connection are possible:


b With a single device (point-to-point connection), using a VW3 A8 106 PC serial
RS 232
XGS Z24 port connection kit
RS 485
Modbus bus b With a number of devices (multidrop connection), using the XGS Z24 interface.

Ethernet TCP/IP communication network


The PowerSuite software workshop can be connected to an Ethernet TCP/IP
network. In this case, the devices can be accessed:
b Using a VW3 A58 310 communication card for the Altivar 61 and 71 drives
ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 TeSys U ATS 48 b Using a 174 CEV 300 20 Ethernet-Modbus bridge.

Modbus multidrop connection Bluetooth® wireless link


The PowerSuite software workshop can communicate via a Bluetooth ® radio link
PLC (2) with a device equipped with a Bluetooth ® - Modbus VW3 A8 114 adapter. The
522794

adapter plugs into the device terminal port or Modbus network port and has a range
PowerSuite of 10 m (class 2).

If the PC does not have Bluetooth ® technology, use the


VW3 A8 115 USB-Bluetooth® adapter.
Ethernet TCP/IP network

Remote maintenance
Bridge Using a simple Ethernet connection, the PowerSuite software workshop can be used
for remote monitoring and diagnostics.
When devices are not connected to the Ethernet network, or it is not directly accessible,
Modbus bus various remote transmission solutions may be possible (modem, teleprocessing
gateway, etc.). Please consult your Regional Sales Office.

(1) Please refer to the compatibility table on page 1/75.


(2) Please refer to our specialist “Automation platform Modicon Premium and Unity - PL7
software” and “Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro - PL7 software” catalogues.
ATV 31 ATS 48 ATV 61 ATV 71

Ethernet connection

Presentation: References:
page 1/72 page 1/74

1/73
References 1
PowerSuite software workshop 1

PowerSuite software workshop


Description Composition Reference Weight
1 b 1 program for PC in English, French, German, Italian
kg
522838

PowerSuite CD-ROM VW3 A8 104 0.100


and Spanish
b Variable speed drive and starter technical manuals.
PowerSuite update b 1 program for PC in English, French, German, Italian VW3 A8 105 0.100
CD-ROM (1) and Spanish
b Variable speed drive and starter technical manuals.
Connection kit for PC serial b 1 x 3 m cable with 2 RJ45 connectors VW3 A8 106 0.350
port b 1 RS 232/RS 485 converter with one 9-way female SUB-D
for point-to-point Modbus connector and 1 RJ45 connector
connection b 1 converter for the ATV 11 drive, with one 4-way male
VW3 A8 104
connector and one RJ45 connector
b 1 RJ45/9-way male SUB-D adapter for connecting
ATV 38/58/58F drives
b 1 RJ45/9-way female SUB-D adapter for connecting
ATV 68 drives.
RS 232-RS 485 interface 1 multidrop Modbus converter for connection XGS Z24 0.105
for multidrop Modbus connection to screw terminals. Requires a 24 V
c (20...30 V), 20 mA power supply (3).
Modbus-Bluetooth® b 1 Bluetooth® adapter (10 m range, class 2) VW3 A8 114 0.155
533188

adapter (2) with 1 RJ45 connector


b 1 x 0.1 m cable with 2 RJ45 connectors
for PowerSuite
b 1 x 0.1 m cable with 1 RJ45 connector and 1 mini DIN
connector for TwidoSoft
b 1 RJ45/9-way male SUB-D adapter for connecting
VW3 A8 114 ATV 38/58/58F drives.
USB-Bluetooth® adapter This adapter is required for a PC which is not equipped VW3 A8 115 0.290
for PC with Bluetooth® technology. It is connected to a USB port on the PC.
Range of 10 m (class 2).
(1) Updates a version u V1.50 with the latest available version. For versions < V1.50, you should order the PowerSuite CD-ROM,
VW3 A8 104.
(2) Can also be used to communicate between a Twido PLC and the TwidoSoft software workshop.
(3) Please consult our “Interfaces, I/O splitter boxes and power supplies” catalogue.

Presentation: Functions:
page 1/72 pages 1/72 and 1/73

1/74
Compatibility 1
PowerSuite software workshop 1

Compatibility of PowerSuite software workshop with the following devices (1)


Connection Controller- Soft start/ Drives
starter
TeSys U
soft stop unit
ATS 48 ATV 11 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71
1
Modbus V1.40 V1.30 V1.40 V2.0 V2.30 V2.2
Ethernet (device equipped with an Ethernet TCP/IP card) V2.30 V2.2
Ethernet via Modbus Ethernet bridge V1.50 V2.0 V2.30 V2.2
Bluetooth ® V2.2 V2.2 V2.30 V2.2
Compatible software versions
Incompatible software versions

Hardware and software environments


The PowerSuite software workshop can operate in the following PC environments and configurations:
b Microsoft Windows® 98 SE, Microsoft Windows® 2000, Microsoft Windows® XP
b Pentium III, 800 MHz, hard disk with 300 MB available, 128 MB RAM
b SVGA or higher definition monitor

(1) Software version supplied for the latest version of drive available.

Presentation: Functions: References:


page 1/72 pages 1/72 and 1/73 page 1/74

1/75
Presentation, TeSys control components 1

combinations 1
TeSys U controllers

Presentation
Above 32 A, the TeSys U controller provides a motor starter management solution
1 identical to that provided by TeSys U starter-controllers.

Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides


a motor starter whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys U starter-controller
and, in particular, provides the following functions: overload protection, motor starter
control and application monitoring.

Composition
It consists of a control unit whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary
of current transformers, plus a control base which also allows fitment of a function
module or a communication module.

It requires a c 24 V external power supply.

The secondaries of current transformers, the c 24 V power supply, the 10 inputs and
the 5 outputs are connected by screw terminal block.

Combinations providing type 2 coordination


With circuit-breaker
Standard power ratings Circuit-breaker (1) Contactor TeSys U controller Current transformers
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3 400/415 V
P Ie Reference Rating Irm (2) Reference (3) Reference Reference
kW A A A
18,5 35 NS80HMA 50 500 LC1 D40 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C0501
22 42 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1 D50 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
30 57 NS80HMA 80 880 LC1 D65 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
37 69 NS80HMA 80 1040 LC1 D80 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
45 81 NS100HMA 100 1300 LC1 D95 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
55 100 NS160HMA 150 1350 LC1 D115 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C2001
75 135 NS160HMA 150 1800 LC1 D150 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C2001
90 165 NS250HMA 220 2200 LC1 F185 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C2001
110 200 NS250HMA 220 2640 LC1 F225 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
132 240 NS400HMA 320 3200 LC1 F265 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
160 285 NS400HMA 320 4160 LC1 F330 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
200 352 NS630HMA 500 5000 LC1 F400 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
220 388 NS630HMA 500 5500 LC1 F400 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
250 437 NS630HMA 500 6000 LC1 F500 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C8001

With fuses
Standard power ratings Switch aM fuses Contactor TeSys U controller Current transformers
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz disconnector-fuse
in category AC-3 400/415 V
P Ie Reference Size Rating Reference (3) Reference Reference
kW A A
18,5 35 GS1 F 14 x 51 40 LC1 D40 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C0501
22 42 GS1 J 22 x 58 50 LC1 D50 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
30 57 GS1 J 22 x 58 80 LC1 D65 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
37 69 GS1 J 22 x 58 100 LC1 D80 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
45 81 GS1 J 22 x 58 100 LC1 D95 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C1001
55 100 GS1 L T0 125 LC1 D115 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C2001
75 135 GS1 L T0 160 LC1 D150 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C2001
90 165 GS1 N T1 200 LC1 F185 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C2001
110 200 GS1 N T1 250 LC1 F225 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
132 240 GS1 QQ T2 315 LC1 F265 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
160 285 GS1 QQ T2 400 LC1 F330 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
200 352 GS1 S T3 500 LC1 F400 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
220 388 GS1 S T3 500 LC1 F400 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C4001
250 437 GS1 S T3 500 LC1 F500 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C8001
315 555 GS1 S T3 630 LC1 F630 LUTM + LUCp 3x LUT C8001
(1) Product marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand.
(2) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip
(3) For reversing operation, replace the prefix LC1 with LC2.

References : Characteristics : Dimensions, mounting : Schemes :


page 1/77 pages 1/94 and 1/95 page 1/78 page 1/79

1/76
References 1
TeSys control components 1

TeSys U controllers

References
Control bases (control circuit voltage c 24 V)
532083

Connection
Current transformers Control
For use
with contactor
Reference Weight 1
kg
Screw Screw LC1 Dpp LUT M10BL 0.800

LC1 Fppp LUT M20BL 0.800

Control units
Description Class For motor Setting range Reference Weight
type kg
Advanced 10 3-phase 0.35…1.05 LUCB T1BL 0.140

20 3-phase 0.35…1.05 LUCD T1BL 0.140

Multifunction 5 to 30 3-phase 0.35…1.05 LUCM T1BL 0.175

Current transformers
Operating current Reference Weight
LUT M + LUCM T1BL + LUTC pp Primary Secondary kg
30 1 LUT C0301 0.200

50 1 LUT C0501 0.200

100 1 LUT C1001 0.200

200 1 LUT C2001 0.200

400 1 LUT C4001 0.430

800 1 LUT C8001 0.600

Function modules and communication modules


The TeSys U controller is compatible with the modules listed below.
b Thermal overload alarm module LUF W10 (1), see page 1/71.
b Motor load indication module LUF V2, see page 1/71.
b Modbus communication modules LUL C032 and LUL C033, see page 1/84.

(1) Module LUF W10 is only compatible with control units LUCB T1BL and LUCD T1BL.

Presentation : Characteristics : Dimensions, mounting : Schemes :


page 1/76 pages 1/94 and 1/95 page 1/78 page 1/79

1/77
Dimensions, TeSys control components 1

mounting 1
TeSys U controllers

Dimensions

1
163
173

114 45

Mounting
73

171

114 Ø4 30

Presentation : Characteristics : References : Schemes :


page 1/76 pages 1/94 and 1/95 page 1/77 page 1/79

1/78
Schemes 1
TeSys control components 1

TeSys U controllers

Schemes
Reversing controller LUT M

LUTM LUTM LUTM


1
S2 24 V Aux.
S1 +

I.10
L1

L2

L3

I.1

I.2

I.3

I.4

I.5

I.6

I.7

I.8

I.9
LUTM
13/NO

23/NO

96/NO

97/NC

06/NC

(1) (1)
95

98

05

3-wire control, pulsed start with maintaining contact

24 V c
24…250 V a
Any fault
– KM1 – KM2
95

96

97

98

05

06
13

23

Channel 1 Channel 2 Control unit fault


24 V c
I.5 RST

I.7 SR
I.6 SF

I.10
I.1

I.2

I.3

I.4

I.8

I.9

+
+

Reset
– Q1
AV – KM1 AR – KM2
Trip 24 V c

External fault
Stop

Control for Modbus communication modules LUL C032 and LUL C033

– KM1 – KM2
24 V c
24…250 V a Any fault
“Local”/“remote”

Man 1 Man 2
– KM1 – KM2 AU

Modbus
Stop network port

Communication
95

96

97

98

05

06
13

23

module
Any
COM
OA1
OA3
LO1

fault
LI1
LI2

Channel 1 Channel 2 Control unit fault


24 V c
I.5 RST

I.7 SR
I.6 SF

I.10
I.1

I.2

I.3

I.4

I.8

I.9

+
+

Reset – Q1
Trip – Q1 AU 24 V c
Free Free – KM1 – KM2 On “Local”/
“remote”

(1) The contacts are represented with controller powered up and not in a fault condition.

Présentation : Characteristics : References : Dimensions, mounting :


page 1/76 pages 1/94 and 1/95 page 1/77 page 1/78

1/79
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Parallel wiring module and pre-wired coil connection
components

Parallel type connection


Architecture
1
1 Parallel wiring module
LUF C00
4 2 Pre-wired coil connection
LU9B N11C
3 Connection cable LU9 Rp with
one RJ45 connector at each
end
2 2 4 Splitter box LU9 G02 for
8 motor starters with channel
1 1 connections on the PLC side
by 2 HE 10 connectors and on
To the starter-controller side by
PLC 5 3 8 RJ45 connectors.
5 Connection cable
TSX CDPppp with one HE 10
connector at each end.
Parallel wiring module
520836

The parallel wiring system makes it possible to connect starter-controllers to the PLC
I/O modules quickly and without any need for tools. It replaces traditional screw
terminal and single wire connections. It is used with the Telefast pre-wired
system (1).
The parallel wiring module provides the status and command information for each
starter-controller. It must be used with an LUB 12 or LU2B 12BL power base and a
c 24 V control unit LUCp ppBL.
6 7 Splitter box LU9 G02 distributes information from the PLC I/O modules to each of the
starter-controllers connected to it.
6 Outputs for starter commands This splitter box is optimised for use with card TSX DMZ28DTK.
7 RJ45 connector for connecting to splitter box
When used in conjunction with the Advantys STB distributed I/O solution, the
TeSys U starter-controller is ideal in decentralised automation architectures (2).
The use of dedicated parallel interface module STB EPI 2145 allows remote
connection of 4 starter-controllers.
531810

8
Each of the module’s 4 channels has:
b 2 outputs: control of starter forward and reverse running,
b 3 inputs: position of the rotary knob, fault indication and position of the poles.

Connection to the dedicated module is by means of the following cables:


b RJ45 LU9Rpp, for lengths less than 3 metres,
10 b 490 NTW 000pp, for lengths greater than 3 metres.
9
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Parallel wiring module 1 LUF C00 0.045
11

12 (1) Please consult our "Power Control and connection components catalogue”.
(2) Please consult our "Distributed I/O Advantys STB, the open device integration I/O system"
catalogue.
12

8 Dedicated parallel interface module


(STB EPI 2145)
9 Power base
10 c 24 V control unit (LUC B/D/C/M pp BL)
11 Parallel wiring module (LUF C00),
12 Options: add-on contact blocks, reverser blocks

1/80
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Parallel wiring module and pre-wired coil connection
components

Pre-wired components simplify wiring and reduce wiring errors.


520813

Connection of communication module output terminals to the


coil terminals
1
By pre-wired connector or wire link.

b Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection


The use of a power base without pre-wired connections is recommended.

Description For use with Item Reference Weight


power base kg
Pre-wired coil LUB pp 2 LU9B N11C 0.045
connection
LU2B pp 8 LU9M RC 0.030

1
b Wire link:
Allows insertion, for example, of an emergency stop control or a voltage interface.
This type of connection must be used for a reversing starter-controller assembled
2
using an LU6M reverser block for separate mounting. When reverser block LU6M
LUB + LUF C00 + LU9B and the power base are mounted side-by-side, a pre-wired connector LU9M RC may
be used.

Connection of parallel wiring module to the PLC


No tools are required to connect the parallel wiring module to the PLC. Connection
561420

is via a splitter box which allows up to 8 starter-controllers to be connected; a


maximum of 4 reversing starters per splitter box is allowed.
The splitter box requires a c 24 V power supply.

Splitter block
Connectors Item Reference Weight
PLC side Starter-controller
(16I/12O) side kg
2 x HE 10 8 x RJ45 4 LU9 G02 (1) 0.260
20-way
Connection cables to the splitter box
Connectors Item Length Reference Weight
m kg
2 x RJ45 connectors 3 0.3 LU9 R03 0.045
1 1 LU9 R10 0.065
3 LU9 R30 0.125
8
Connection cables from splitter box to PLC
Type of connection Gauge C.s.a. Length Reference Weight
PLC side Splitter
box side
AWG mm 2 m kg
HE 10 20-way HE 10 22 0.324 0.5 TSX CDP 053 0.085
20-way 1 TSX CDP 103 0.150
2 TSX CDP 203 0.280
LU2B + LUF C00 + LU9M 3 TSX CDP 303 0.410
5 TSX CDP 503 0.670

28 0.080 1 ABF H20 H100 0.080


2 ABF H20 H200 0.140
3 ABF H20 H300 0.210

Bare wires HE 10 22 0.324 3 TSX CDP 301 0.400


20-way 5 TSX CDP 501 0.660

(1) Allows "run" and "fault" status of each starter-controller to be fed back to the PLC and
transmits commands.

Characteristics : Schemes :
pages 1/88 and 1/93 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/81
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
As-Interface communication modules

Series type connection


Architecture
1
1 Communication modules ASI LUF C5 or
ASI LUF C51
2 Tap-off XZ CG0142
3 Pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C

3 1

c 24 V

AS-Interface

Information transmitted by the AS-Interface system


AS-Interface profiles 7.D.F.0 profile and 7.A.7.E profile
Data bits (command) Bit value =0 =1
Command D0 (O) Stop forward Forward running
4 5 Command D1 (O) Stop reverse Reverse running
Command D2 (O) Not used Not used
Command D3 (O) Not used Not used
531118

Data bits Bit value =0 =1


(status) Status D0 (I) Not ready or fault Ready
Status D1 (I) Stopped Running
Status D2 (I) Not used Not used
Status D3 (I) Not used Not used

AS-Interface communication modules


The AS-Interface communication modules make it easy to connect starter-controllers
to the AS-Interface cabling system, and therefore allow remote control and command
of these starter-controllers.
6 7 8
Module ASILUF C51 incorporates wide mounting rail.

4 Green LED: AS-Interface voltage present The various operating states of the modules (AS-Interface voltage present,
5 Red LED: AS-Interface or module fault communication fault, addressing fault,…) are indicated on the front panel by 2 LEDs
6 Outputs for starter commands (green 4 and red 5).
7 Yellow connector for connection to the AS-Interface
system Operation of the modules is continuously monitored by auto-testing, in a way that is
8 Black connector for connection to c 24 V auxiliary
totally transparent to the user.
power supply
The incorporation of AS-Interface V.2.1 functions allows diagnostics to be performed
on the modules, either remotely via the line or locally via the ASI TERV2 addressing
terminal.

The communication modules must be connected to a c 24 V auxiliary supply and


must be used in conjunction with a c 24 V control unit, LUCp ppBL.
The product is supplied with a yellow connector 6 for connection to the AS-Interface
system, a black connector 7 for connection to the c 24 V auxiliary supply and a black
connector 8 for connection of the outputs.

Description Item Reference Weight


kg
Communication modules 1 ASI LUF C5 0.065

1 ASI LUF C51 0.065

1/82
References (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
As-Interface communication modules

Pre-wired components simplify wiring and reduce wiring errors.


531121

Connection of communication module output terminals to the 1


coil terminals
By pre-wired connector or wire link.

b Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection


The use of a power base without pre-wired control circuit connections is
recommended.

1 Description For use with Item Reference Weight


power base kg
Pre-wired LUB pp 3 LU9B N11C 0.045
3 coil connection
LU2B pp 5 LU9M RC 0.030

LUB + ASILUF C5 + LU9B


b Wire link
Allows insertion, for example, of an Emergency stop control or a voltage interface.
531122

This type of connection must be used for a reversing starter-controller assembled


using an LU6M reverser block for separate mounting. When reverser block LU6M
and the power base are mounted side-by-side, a pre-wired coil connection
LU9M RC may be used.

Connection of the communication module (1)


Achieved by using a tap-off for connection to 2 ribbon cables:
b 1 for AS-Interface (yellow).
b 1 for separate c 24 V supply (black).

1 Description Length Reference Weight


m kg
5 Tap-off 2 XZ CG0142 0.265

Consoles and cable adapters


Description Reference Weight
kg
Addressing terminal XZ MC11 0.550
Battery operated. Battery charger supplied
LU2B + ASILUF C5 + LU9M
AS-Interface V.1 and V.2.1 compatible
520899
520898

Adjustment and diagnostics console ASI TERV2 0.500


Runs on LR6 batteries
Allows addressing of AS-Interface V.2.1 interfaces
and diagnostics
Cable adapter XZ MG12 0.070
For console XZ MC11

Software set-up
AS-Interface configuration is carried out using PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro software. From
the module declaration screen, it is possible to configure all the slave devices
XZ MC11 ASI TERV2 corresponding to all the AS-Interface I/O.
Configuration is carried out by following the instructions on the screen.
561421

TeSys U user's manual (2)


Application Language Reference Weight
kg
On CD-Rom Multi-language LU9 CD1 0.022
(3)
(1) Degree of protection IP 54. Connection by 4 x 0.34 mm2 wires.
Black wire: + 24 V.
White wire: 0 V.
Blue wire: AS-Interface (–).
Brown wire: AS-Interface (+).
(2) The CD-Rom contains user's manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication
modules, multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway
programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish.

Configuration example with Premium TSX SAY 1000 module

1/83
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Modbus communication modules and pre-wired coil
connection components

Series type connection


Architecture
1 Star topology Bus topology

4
6

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

To 3 3
PLC

5 5 6

1 Communication modules LUL C031, LUL C032 or LUL C033


2 Pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C
3 Connection cable with one RJ45 connector at each end VW3 A8 306 Rpp
4 Modbus hub LU9 GC3 with channel connections to PLC and to starter-controller
with RJ45 connectors,
5 T-junction VW3 A8 306 TFpp
6 LIne terminator VW3 A8 306 R

Information carried by the bus


Depends on the type of control unit used.
Control unit Standard Advanced Multifunction
Starter status
(ready, running, fault)
Alarms (overcurrent, ...)
Thermal overload alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and monitoring of all
functions
"Log" function
"Monitoring" function
Start and Stop commands
Functions performed

For more detailed information, please refer to User's Manual LU9 CD1, see page
opposite.

Modbus communication modules compatibility


With starter-controllers and controllers
Starter-controllers LUL C031 LUL C032 LUL C033
Controller
LUB pp / LU2Bp2
LUT M ppBL
Association possible.

With power bases


Software versions of control units LUL C031 LUL C032 LUL C033
V2.3 (1) V1.1 (1) V2.2 (1)
LUCA ppBL – Yes No Yes
LUCB ppBL – Yes No Yes
LUCM ppBL V1.04 Yes No No
V1.05 Yes No Yes
V1.06 Yes No No
V1.10 (1) Yes No Yes
(1) And higher versions.
Association not permitted.

1/84
References 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Modbus communication modules and pre-wired coil
connection components

Modbus communication modules compatibility (continued)


With controller bases, version 1.200 (1)
Software versions
of control units
LUL C031
V2.3 (1)
LUL C032
V1.1 V1.2 (1)
LUL C033
V2.1 (1)
1
LUL C031 LUL C032, LUL C033 LUCB TppBL – No Yes Yes Yes
LUCM TppBL V2.11 (1) No No Yes Yes
(1) And higher versions.
Association not permitted.
535175

535176

Modbus communication modules


Communication modules LUL C031, LUL C032 and LUL C033 enable the TeSys U
starter-controller to be connected to the Modbus network.
They must have a c 24 V supply and must be used in conjunction with a c 24 V
control unit, LUCp ppBL.
They incorporate a 0.5 A, c 24 V discrete output for local command requirements.
Module LUL C032 and LUL C033 also have two configurable discrete inputs.
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Communication modules 1 LUL C031 0.080
7 Module status signalling LED 1 LUL C032 0.080
1 LUL C033 0.080
8 24 V supply connection
Pre-wired components simplify wiring and reduce wiring errors.
9 RJ45 connector for RS485 Modbus link
10 2 discrete inputs
11 1 discrete output
Connection of communication module output terminals to the
12 Outputs for starter commands coil terminals
By pre-wired connector or wire link.
b Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection
The use of a power base without pre-wired control circuit connections is
recommended.
520810

Description For use with Item Reference Weight


power base kg
Pre-wired coil connection LUB pp 2 LU9B N11C 0.045

LU2B pp 7 LU9M RC 0.030

b Wire link:
Allows insertion, for example, of an emergency stop control or a voltage interface.
This type of connection must be used for a reversing starter-controller assembled
using an LU6M reverser block for separate mounting. When reverser block LU6M
1 and the power base are mounted side-by-side, a pre-wired connector LU9M RC may
be used.

2 Connection of communication modules on the serial bus


Achieved either by means of a Modbus hub or using T-junctions.
LUB + LUL C03p + LU9B
Description Length Item Reference Weight
m kg
Modbus hub – 4 LU9 GC3 0.260
8 slaves
520811

Cables fitted with 0.3 3 VW3 A8 306 R03 0.045


2 x RJ45 connectors 1 3 VW3 A8 306 R10 0.065
3 3 VW3 A8 306 R30 0.125
T-junctions (1) 0.3 5 VW3 A8 306 TF03 0.032
1 5 VW3 A8 306 TF10 0.032
RS 485 line terminator – 6 VW3 A8 306 R 0.012

TeSys U user's manual (2)


Application Language Reference Weight
1 kg
On CD-Rom Multi-language (3) LU9 CD1 0.022

(1) Fitted with 2 RJ45 female connectors (bus side) and a 0.3 m or 1 m length cable supplied with
an RJ45 male connector (station side).
(2) The CD-Rom contains user's manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication
modules, multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway
7 programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish.
LU2B + LUL C03p + LU9M

1/85
Presentation, TeSys motor starters - open version 1

description, TeSys U starter-controllers


Communication gateways LUF P
setting-up 1

Presentation

1 Communication gateways LUF P allow connection between Modbus and field buses
such as Fipio, Profibus DP or DeviceNet.

After configuration, these gateways manage information which can be accessed by


the Modbus bus and make this information available for read/write functions
(command, monitoring, configuration and adjustment) on the field buses.

An LUF P communication gateway consists of a box which can be clipped onto a


35 mm omega rail, allowing connection of up to 8 Slaves connected on the Modbus
bus.

Example of architecture

Configuration
of gateway TeSys U starter-controllers
by PC
LUF P

Fipio
Profibus DP (1)
DeviceNet Modbus
561511

1 ATS 48 ATV 31

(1) Connection kit for PowerSuite software workshop.


Description
Front panel of the product

1 LED indicating :
- communication status of the Modbus buses,
- gateway status,
- communication status of the Fipio, Profibus DP or DeviceNet bus.
2 2 Connectors for connection to Fipio, Profibus DP or DeviceNet buses.

Underside of product
561512

3 RJ45 connector for connection on the Modbus bus


4 RJ45 connector for link to a PC
5 c 24 V power supply
3

Software set-up
4
For the Fipio bus, software set-up of the gateway is performed using either PL7
Micro/Junior/Pro software or ABC Configurator software.
For the Profibus DP and DeviceNet buses, software set-up is performed using
5
ABC Configurator.
This software is included:
b in the PowerSuite software workshop for PC (see page 1/74),
b in the TeSys U user's manual.

Characteristics, references: Dimensions:


page 1/87 page 1/87

1/86
Characteristics, TeSys motor starters - open version 1

references, TeSys U starter-controllers


Communication gateways LUF P
dimensions 1

Characteristics
Bus type Fipio Profibus DP DeviceNet
Environment
Ambient air temperature
Conforming to IEC 60664
Around the device °C
Degree of pollution: 2
+ 5…+ 50
1
Degree of protection IP 20
Electromagnetic Emission Conforming to IEC 50081-2: 1993
compatibility Immunity Conforming to IEC 61000-6-2: 1999
Number of Modbus slaves which can be connected y8
Connection Modbus By RJ45 connector conforming to Schneider Electric RS485 standard
To a PC By RJ45 connector, with PowerSuite connection kit
Field bus By SUB D9 female By SUB D9 female By 5-way removable
connector connector screw connector
Supply V External supply, c 24 ± 10 %
Consumption Max. mA 280
Typical mA 100
Indication/diagnostics By LED on front panel
Services Profile FED C32 or FED C32P – –
Command 26 configurable words (1) 122 configurable words 256 configurable words
Monitoring 26 configurable words (1) 122 configurable words 256 configurable words
Configuration and adjustment By gateway mini messaging facility (PKW)
(1) If the gateway is configured using PL7 and not ABC Configurator, the I/O capacity is limited
to a total of 26 words.
References
Description For use with With bus type Reference Weight
kg
Communication TeSys U starter-controllers, Fipio/Modbus LUF P1 0.245
gateways Altistart 48, Profibus DP/Modbus LUF P7 0.245
Altivar 31
DeviceNet/Modbus LUF P9 0.245
Connection accessories
Description For use with Length Connectors Reference Weight
822631

m kg
Connection cables Modbus 3 1 RJ45 type connector and VW3 A8 306 D30 0.150
one end with stripped wires
TSX FP ACC 12 0.3 2 RJ45 type connectors VW3 A8 306 R03 0.050
1 2 RJ45 type connectors VW3 A8 306 R10 0.050
3 2 RJ45 type connectors VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150
822713

Connectors Fipio – 1 SUB-D 9 male connector TSX FP ACC12 0.040

Profibus – 1 SUB-D 9 male connector 490 NAD 911 04 –


mid line
490 NAD 911 03 Profibus – 1 SUB-D 9 male connector 490 NAD 911 03 –
line end
Documentation
Description Medium Language Reference Weight
kg
User's manual for CD-Rom Multilingual: English, French, German, Italian, LU9 CD1 0.022
TeSys U range (2) Spanish
(2) This CD-Rom contains user's manuals for AS-Interface and Modbus communication modules,
multifunction control units and gateways, as well as for the gateway programming software,
ABC Configurator.
Dimensions
=
120
=

75 27

Presentation, description: Setting-up:


page 1/86 page 1/86

1/87
Characteristics 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Environment
Product certifications UL, CSA
1 Pending: BV, GL, LROS, DNV, ABS, RINA

Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-6-2, CSA C22-2 N°14, Type E


UL 508 type E: with phase barrier LU9 SP0
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-1, V 690
overvoltage category III,
degree of pollution: 3
Conforming to V 600
UL508, CSA C22-2 n°14
Rated impulse Conforming to kV 6
withstand voltage (Uimp) IEC/EN 60947-6-2
Safety separation of circuits Conforming to V Between the control or auxiliary circuit and the main circuit: 400
SELV IEC/EN 60947-1 appendix N Between the control and auxiliary circuits: 400

Degree of protection Front panel outside connection IP 40


Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-1 zone
(protection against Front panel and wired terminals IP 20
direct finger contact)
Other faces IP 20

Protective treatment Conforming to IEC/EN 60068 “TH”


Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Cycles 12
Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-11 h 48
Ambient air temperature Storage °C - 40…+ 85
around the device Operation °C Power bases and standard and advanced control units: - 25… + 70.
(At temperatures above 60°C and up to 70°C, for Ie = 32 A, leave a minimum gap of
9 mm between products).
Power bases and multifunction control units: - 25…+ 60.
(At temperatures above 45 °C, leave a minimum gap of 9 mm between products.
At temperatures above 55 °C up to 60 °C, leave a gap of 20 mm between products.)

Maximum operating altitude m 2000

Operating positions In relation to normal


30˚
vertical mounting plane
90˚ 90˚

30˚
Flame resistance Conforming to UL 94 V2
Conforming to IEC/EN 60695-2-12 °C 960 (parts supporting live components)
°C 650

Environmental restrictions Cadmium and silicone-free, recyclable


Shock resistance Conforming to IEC/EN60068-2-27 Power poles open: 10 gn
1/2 sine wave = 11 ms (1) Power poles closed: 15 gn

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 Power poles open: 2 gn


5…300 Hz (1) Power poles closed: 4 gn

Immunity to Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-2 kV In open air: 8 - Level 3


electrostatic discharge kV On contact: 8 - Level 4

Immunity to radiated high- Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-3 V/m 10 - Level 3


frequency disturbance
Immunity to fast Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-4 kV All circuits except for serial link: 4 - Level 4
transient currents kV Serial link: 2 - Level 3

Immunity to dissipated Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-6-2 Common mode Serial mode


shock waves Uc a 24…240 V, kV 2 1
Uc c 48…220 V
Uc = 24 V c Not applicable
Immunity to conducted high- Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-6 V 10
frequency disturbance
(1) Without modifying the contact states, in the most unfavourable direction.

References : Dimensions : Schemes :


pages 1/64 to 1/81 pages 1/102 and 1/103 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/88
Characteristics 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Power bases and control units

Power base and control unit type LUB 12 + LUCA LUB 32 + LUCA LUB 12 + LUB 32 + LU2M
or LUCB or LUCC or LUCB or LUCC LUCM LUCM LU6M
or LUCD or LUCD
Power circuit connection characteristics 1
Connection to Ø 4 mm screw clamp terminals
Flexible cable 1 conductor mm 2 2.5…10 2.5…10 2.5…10 2.5…10 2.5…10
without cable end 2 conductors mm 2 1.5…6 1.5…6 1.5…6 1.5…6 1.5…6
Flexible cable 1 conductor mm 2 1…6 1…6 1…6 1…6 1…6
with cable end 2 conductors mm 2 1…6 1…6 1…6 1…6 1…6
Solid cable 1 conductor mm 2 1…10 1…10 1…10 1…10 1…10
without cable end 2 conductors mm 2 1…6 1…6 1…6 1…6 1…6
Screwdriver Philips n° 2 or flat screwdriver: Ø 6 mm
Tightening torque N.m 1.9…2.5 1.9…2.5 1.9…2.5 1.9…2.5 1.9…2.5
Control circuit connection characteristics
Connection to Ø 3 mm screw clamp terminals
Flexible cable 1 conductor mm 2 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5
without cable end 2 conductors mm 2 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5
Flexible cable 1 conductor mm 2 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5
with cable end 2 conductors mm 2 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5 0.34…1.5
Solid cable 1 conductor mm 2 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5
without cable end 2 conductors mm 2 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5 0.75…1.5
Screwdriver Philips n° 1 or flat screwdriver: Ø 5 mm
Tightening torque N.m 0.8…1.2 0.8…1.2 0.8…1.2 0.8…1.2 0.8…1.2
Control circuit characteristics
Rated voltage a 50/60 Hz V 24…240 24…240 – – –
of control circuit c V 24…220 24…220 24 24 –
Voltage limits c 24 V (1) V 20…27 20…27 20…28 20…28 –
Operation a 24 V V 20…26.5 20…26.5 – – –
a or c 48…72 V V a 38.5…72. c 38.5…93 – – –
a 110…240 V V a 88…264 a 88…264 – – –
c 110…220 V V c 88…242 c 88…242 – – –
Drop-out c 24 V V 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 –
a 24 V V 14.5 14.5 – – –
a or c 48…72 V V 29 29 – – –
a 110…240 V, c 110…220 V V 55 55 – – –
Typical consumption c 24 V mA 130 220 150 200 120
I max while closing a 24 V mA 140 220 – – 2360
a or c 48…72 V mA 280 280 – – 2300
a 110…240 V, c 110…220 V mA 280 280 – – 1000
I rms sealed c 24 V mA 60 80 70 75 120
a 24 V mA 70 90 – – (2)
a or c 48…72 V mA 35 45 – – (2)
a 110…240 V, c 110…220 V mA 35 25 – – (2)
Heat dissipation W 2 3 1.7 1.8 –
Operating time Closing ms 24 V : 70 ; 48 V : 60 ; u 72 V : 50 75 65 –
Opening ms 35 35 35 35 –
Resistance to micro-breaks ms 3 3 3 3 –
Resistance to voltage drops IEC/EN 61000-4-11 At least 70 % of Uc for 500 ms –
Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 15 15 15 15 –
Maximum operating rate In operating cycles per hour 3600 3600 3600 3600 –
Main pole characteristics
Number of poles 3 3 3 3 –
Isolation function Possible Yes Yes Yes Yes –
To IEC/EN 60947-1 Padlocking 1 padlock with Ø 6.9 mm shank –
Rated thermal current A 12 32 12 32 –
Rated operating current To IEC/ In cat. AC-41 θ y 70°C: 12A θ y 70°C: 32A θ y 55°C: 12A θ y 55°C: 32A –
(Ue y 440V) EN 60947-6-2 In cat. AC-43 θ y 70°C: 12A θ y 70°C: 32A θ y 55°C: 12A θ y 55°C 32A –
Rated operating voltage V 690 (3) 690 (3) 690 (3) 690 (3) –
Frequency limits Of the operating current Hz 40…60 40…60 40…60 40…60 –
Power dissipated Operating current A 3 6 9 12 18 25 32 –
in the power circuits Power dissipated in all three poles W 0.1 0.3 0.6 1.1 2.4 4.6 7.5 –
Rated breaking capacity on short-circuit V 230 440 500 690 –
kA 50 50 10 4 –
Total breaking time ms 2 2 2 –
Thermal stress limit With Isc max on 440 V kA²s 90 120 90 120 –
(1) Voltage with maximum ripple of ± 10 %.
(2) No consumption sealed. (3) For 690 V, use phase barrier LU9 SP0.

1/89
Characteristics 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Reversing power bases and auxiliary contacts

Specific characteristics of power bases LU2B and reverser blocks LU2M or LU6M
Duration of inrush phase a 50/60 Hz ms 25
1 Maximum Without change of direction
c ms
ms
15
75
operating time With change of direction ms 150
General characteristics of auxiliary contacts
Conventional thermal For ambient temperature θ < 70 °C A 5
current (Ith)
Frequency of the operating current Hz Up to 400
Minimum switching capacity λ = 10 -8 U min V 17
I min mA 5
Short-circuit Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 A gG fuse: 4
protection
Short-time rating Permissible for 1s A 30
500 ms A 40
100 ms A 50
Insulation resistance mΩ 10
Non-overlap time Guaranteed between ms 2 (on energisation and on de-energisation)
N/C and N/O contacts
Specific characteristics of auxiliary contacts built-into the power base
Linked contacts Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Each power base has 1 N/O contact and 1 N/C contact which are mechanically linked
Mirror contact Conforming to draft standard The N/C contact fitted in each power base reliably represents the state of the power
IEC/EN 60947-1 contacts (safety scheme)
Rated operating voltage (Ue) V Up to a 690; c 250
Rated insulation Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 V 690
voltage (Ui) Conforming to UL, CSA V 600
Specific characteristics of auxiliary contacts in modules LUF N, of auxiliary contacts LUA1
and of reverser blocks LU2M and LU6M
Rated operating voltage (Ue) V Up to a 250; c 250
Rated insulation Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 V 250
voltage (Ui) Conforming to UL, CSA V 250

Operational power of contacts


Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15 d.c. supply, category DC-13
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating cycles/hour) on an Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load
inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time constant
(cos ϕ 0.7) = 10 times the power broken (cos ϕ = 0.4). increasing with the load.

V 24 48 115 230 400 440 600 V 24 48 125 250


1 million VA 60 120 280 560 960 1050 1440 W 120 90 75 68
operating cycles
3 million VA 16 32 80 160 280 300 420 W 70 50 38 33
operating cycles
10 million VA 4 8 20 40 70 80 100 W 25 18 14 12
operating cycles

1 1
8 8
7 7 24 V
Millions of operating cycles

Millions of operating cycles

6 6
5 5 48 V
4 4 125 V
3 3

2 2 250 V

1 1
0,8 0,8
0,7 0,7
0,6 0,6
0,5 0,5
0,4 0,4
0,3 0,3

0,2 0,2

0,1 0,1
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10
0,5 0,7 0,9 5 7 9 0,5 0,7 0,9 5 7 9
Current broken in A Current broken in A

References : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/64 pages 1/102 and 1/103 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/90
Characteristics 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Control units

Characteristics of standard control units LUCA


Protection Motor type 3-phase

Overload
Conforming to standard
Tripping class conforming to
IEC/EN 60947-6-2, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n°14
10
1
protection UL 508, IEC/EN 60947-6-2
Frequency limits of the operating current Hz 40…60
Temperature compensation °C - 25…+ 70
Protection against phase imbalance With
Short-circuit Tripping threshold 14.2 x Ir (setting current)
protection Tripping tolerance ± 20 %

Characteristics of advanced control units LUCB, LUCC and LUCD


Control unit type LUCB LUCC LUCD
Protection Motor type 3-phase Single-phase 3-phase
Conforming to standard IEC/EN 60947-6-2, UL 508, IEC/EN 60947-6-2, UL 508, IEC/EN 60947-6-2, UL 508,
CSA C22-2 n°14 CSA C22-2 n°14 CSA C22-2 n°14
Overload Tripping class conforming to 10 10 20
protection UL 508, IEC/EN 60947-6-2
Frequency limits of the operating current Hz 40…60 40…60 40…60
Temperature compensation °C - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 55 - 25…+ 70
Protection against phase imbalance Yes – Yes
Short-circuit Tripping threshold 14.2 x Ir max. 14.2 x Ir max. 14.2 x Ir max.
protection Tripping tolerance ± 20 % ± 20 % ± 20 %

Characteristics of multifunction control units LUCM


Protection Motor type Selectable: single-phase or 3-phase
Conforming to standard IEC/EN 60947-6-2, UL 508
Overload Tripping class conforming to 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 (selectable)
protection UL 508, IEC/EN 60947-6-2
Frequency limits of the operating current Hz 40…60
Temperature compensation °C - 25…+ 55
Communication Physical interface RS 485 multi-drop
interface for Connector RJ45 on front panel
terminal on
Protocol Modbus RTU
enclosure door
Maximum transmission speed bit/s 19 200 (self-configuration up to this value)
Maximum return time ms 200
Display Type LCD, 2 lines of 12 characters
Language version Multilanguage (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish)
Accuracy ±5%
Resolution 1 % of Ir
Auxiliary supply External type V c 24, with maximum ripple of ± 10 %.
Heat dissipation W 0.8

Configuration table for protection devices and alarms on multifunction control units LUCM
Tripping Alarm Adjustment of tripping Adjustment of time before Adjustment of alarm
threshold tripping threshold
Factory setting Factory setting Range Default value Range Default value Range Default value
Overcurrent Activated (1) – 3…17 Ir 14.2 – – – –
Overload Activated (1) Activated 0.15…32 A (2) Ir min Class: 5…30 5 10…100 % of 85 %
the thermal
state
Earth fault Activated Activated 0.2…5 Ir min 0.3 Ir min 0.1…1.2 s 0.1 s 0.2…5 Ir min 0.3 Ir min
Phase imbalance Activated Activated 10…30 % 10 % 0.2…20 s 5s 10…30 % 10 %
Torque limitation Deactivated Deactivated 1…8 Ir 2 Ir 1…30 s 5s 1…8 Ir 2 Ir
No-load running Deactivated Deactivated 0.3…1 Ir 0.5 Ir 1…200 s 10 s 0.3…1 Ir 0.5 Ir
Long starting times Deactivated Deactivated 1…8 Ir Ir 1…200 s 10 s 1…8 Ir Ir
Configuration of additional functions on multifunction control units LUCM
Factory setting Setting range
Reset Manual Manual, automatic or remote
Time before reset 120 s 1…1000 s
Type of load 3-phase motor 3-phase motor, single-phase motor
Self-cooled Self-cooled, force cooled
Language English English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
Display Average current Average current, thermal state of motor, current in phase 1 / 2 / 3, earth leakage current, phase imbalance, cause
of last 5 faults
(1) This function cannot be deactivated.
(2) The setting range depends on the rating of the control unit used.

References : Dimensions : Schemes :


pages 1/69 to 1/71 pages 1/102 and 1/103 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/91
Characteristics 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Limiter-disconnector, current limiter, thermal overload
alarm function module and thermal overload fault
signalling modules

Characteristics of limiter-disconnector LUA LB1


Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 690
1 conforming to standard IEC/EN 60947-1
Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 32
conforming to standard IEC/EN 60947-1
Operating threshold I rms kA 50
Breaking capacity V 440 690
kA 130 70
Mounting Directly on the upstream terminals of the starter-controller

Connection
Solid cable 1 conductor mm2 1.5…10
2 conductors mm2 1.5...6
Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…10
2 conductors mm2 1…6
Flexible cable with cable end 1 conductor mm2 1...6
2 conductors mm2 1...6
Screwdriver Phillips n°2 or flat screwdriver Ø 6 mm
Tightening torque N.m 1.9…2.5

Characteristics of current limiter LA9 LB920


Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 690
conforming to standard IEC/EN 60947-1
Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 63
conforming to standard IEC/EN 60947-1
Operating threshold I rms A 1000
Breaking capacity V 440 690
kA 100 35
Mounting Separate
Connection
Solid cable 1 conductor mm2 1.5…25
2 conductors mm2 1.5...10
Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 1.5…25
2 conductors mm2 2.5…10
Flexible cable with cable end 1 conductor mm2 1.5…16
2 conductors mm2 1.5…4
Screwdriver Phillips n°2 or flat screwdriver Ø 6 mm
Tightening torque N.m 2.2

Characteristics of thermal overload alarm function module LUF W10


Activation threshold Fixed at 88% of the thermal tripping state
Hysteresis between activation and switching off 5%
Indication By LED on front panel
Supply Powered by the control unit
Discrete output characteristics Type N/O contact
AC-15 230 V max; 400 VA 100 000 operating cycles
DC-13 24 V; 50 W 100 000 operating cycles
Conventional thermal current For ambient A 2
(Ith) temperature θ < 70 °C
Short-circuit protection Conforming to A gG fuse: 2
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Characteristics of thermal overload fault signalling and reset modules
Module type LUF DH11 LUF DA01 LUF DA10
Fault signalling By LED on front panel
External power supply V a/c 24…240
Module consumption mA 7 at c 24
1.1 at a 240
Discrete outputs Type 1 N/C + 1 N/O 1 N/C 1 N/O
AC-15 230 V max; 400 VA 100 000 operating cycles
DC-13 24 V; 50 W 100 000 operating cycles

Conventional thermal current For ambient A 2


(Ith) temperature θ < 70 °C
Short-circuit protection Conforming to A gG fuse: 2
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Reset input Conductor c.s.a. mm2 0.2 min
Length m 500 (R = 50 Ω , L = 52.8 mH, Cp = 93 pF)

References : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/67 pages 1/102 and 1/103 pages 1/104 to 1/107

1/92
Characteristics 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers
Function modules and communication modules

Characteristics of motor load indication function module LUF V2


Analogue output 4 - 20 mA
Signal delivered Value of I average/Ir ratio within the range of 0 to 2 for LUCB and LUCD
Value of I average/Ir ratio within the range of 0 to 3 for LUCC
1
Load impedance Minimum kΩ –
Maximum Ω 500
Typical Ω 100
Signal characteristics Precision ±6%
with advanced control unit
Signal characteristics Precision ± 10 %
with multifunction control unit Resolution 1 % of Ir
Supply External c 24 V
Characteristics of AS-Interface communication modules ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51
Modules type ASILUF C5 ASILUF C51
Product certification AS-Interface V2.1 n° 52901 AS-Interface V2.1 n° 52303
AS-Interface profile 7.D.F.0 7.A.7.E
Ambient air temperature °C Operation - 25…+ 70
Cycle time ms 5 10
AS-Interface supply V 29.5...31.5
Current consumption By the AS-Interface system mA Normal operation: 25
mA Fault condition: 30
On 24 V supply for the outputs mA 200
Auxiliary supply V c 24 ± 30 %
Number of outputs 2 dedicated to starter-controller coil operation
Switching capacity of the solid state outputs 0.5 A/24 V (outputs protected against short-circuits)
Indication/diagnostics By 2 LEDs on front panel
Characteristics of Modbus communication modules LUL C03p
Module type LUL C031 LUL C032 and LUL C033
Physical interface RS 485 multi-drop
Connector RJ45 on front panel
Protocol Modbus RTU
Maximum transmission speed bit/s 19 200 (self-configuration up to this value)
Maximum return time ms 30
Addressing By switches: from 0...31
Ambient air temperature °C Operation - 25…+ 55
Logic inputs Number – 2 (to be assigned according to configuration)
Supply V – c 24
Input current mA – 7
Nominal input values Voltage V c 24 (positive logic)
Current mA 7
Response time Change to state 1 ms 10 (± 30 %)
Change to state 0 ms 10 (± 30 %)
Input type Resistive
Solid state outputs Number 3, of which 2 dedicated to starter-controller coil operation
Supply V c 24
Max. current mA 500
Protection gI fuse A 1
Current consumption On 24 V supply for the outputs mA 200
Switching capacity of the solid state outputs 0.5 A/24 V
Indication/diagnostics By 3 LEDs on front panel
Connection characteristics
Module type LUF W10, LUF V2 ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51 LUL C031 LUFC 00
DH11, DA01 Inputs and Outputs LUL C032
and DA10 24 V auxiliary LUL C033
Connectors Pitch 5.08 3.81 5.08 3.81 3.81 3.81
Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm² 0.2…1.5 0.14…1 0.2…1.5 0.14…1 0.14…1 0.14…1
2 identical conductors mm² 0.2…1 0.14…0.75 0.2…1 0.14…0.75 0.14…0.75 0.14…0.75
Flexible cable Without insulated 1 conductor mm² 0.25…1.5 0.25…1 0.25…1.5 0.25…1 0.25…1 0.25…1
with cable end ferrule 2 identical conductors mm² 0.25…1 0.25…0.34 0.25…1 0.25…0.34 0.25…0.34 0.25…0.34
With 1 conductor mm² 0.25…1.5 0.25…0.5 0.25…1.5 0.25…0.5 0.25…0.5 0.25…0.5
insulated ferrule 2 identical conductors mm² 0.5…1 0.5 0.5…1 0.5 0.5 0.5
(Use a double cable end)
Solid cable without cable end 1 conductor mm² 0.2…1.5 0.14…1 0.2…1.5 0.14…1 0.14…1 0.14…1
2 identical conductors mm² 0.2…1 0.14…0.5 0.2…1 0.14…0.5 0.14…0.5 0.14…0.5
Conductor size 1 conductor AWG 24 to AWG 26 to AWG 24 to AWG 26 to AWG 26 to AWG 26 to
AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 16
Tightening torque N.m 0.5…0.6 0.22…0.25 0.5…0.6 0.22…0.25 0.22…0.25 0.22…0.25
Flat screwdriver mm 3.5 2.5 3.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

1/93
Characteristics 1
TeSys control components 1

TeSys U controllers
Control bases and control units

Environment
Control base and control unit type LUT M + LUCB T1BL or LUCD T1BL LUT M + LUCM T1BL or LUL C
1 Product certifications
without LUL C
UL, CSA
Pending: BV, GL, LROS, DNV, PTB
Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 N°14

Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-1, V 250


of the outputs overvoltage category III,
(Ui) degree of pollution: 3
Conforming to UL508, CSA C22-2 V 250
n°14
Rated impulse withstand Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 kV 4
voltage of the outputs
(Uimp)
Degree of protection Front panel (outside connection zone) IP 40
To IEC/EN 60947-1 Front panel and wired terminals IP 20
(protection against
Other faces IP 20
direct finger contact)

Protective treatment Conforming to IEC/EN 60068 “TH”

Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Cycles 12


Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-11 h 48
Ambient air temperature Storage °C - 40…+ 85
around the device Operation °C - 25…+ 70 - 25…+ 60
Maximum operating altitude m 2000

Operating positions In relation to normal


30˚
Without derating vertical mounting plane
90˚ 90˚

30˚
Flame resistance Conforming to UL 94 V2
Conforming to IEC/EN 60695-2-12 °C 960 (parts supporting live components)
°C 650

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC/EN60068-2-27 15 gn


1/2 sine wave = 11 ms (1)
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 4 gn
5…300 Hz (1)
Immunity to Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-2 kV In open air: 8 - Level 3
electrostatic discharge kV On contact: 6 - Level 3

Immunity to Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-3 V/m 10 - Level 3


radiated fields
Immunity to fast Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-4 kV CT outputs and inputs: 4 - Level 4
transient currents kV Inputs and supply: 2 - Level 3

Immunity to radio Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-6 V 10


electrical fields
Control base and control unit relays
Immunity to dissipated Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Common mode Serial mode
shock waves
Output relays / power line kV 4 2
Inputs kV 2 1
Serial communication kV 2 –

(1) Without modifying the contact states, in the most unfavourable direction.

References : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/77 page 1/77 page 1/77

1/94
Characteristics 1
TeSys control components 1

TeSys U controllers
Control bases and control units

Control supply characteristics


Operating voltage V c 20.4…28.8

Power consumption W 2 max


1
Associated protection A gG fuse, 0.5

Connection
Connectors Pitch mm 5
Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm 2 0.2…2.5
2 identical mm 2 0.2…1.5
conductors
Flexible cable with cable end
Without insulated ferrule 1 conductor mm 2 0.25…2.5
2 identical mm 2 0.25…1
conductors
With insulated ferrule 1 conductor mm 2 0.25…2.5
2 identical mm 2 0.5…1.5
conductors (1)
Solid cable without cable end 1 conductor mm 2 0.2…2.5
2 identical mm 2 0.2…1
conductors
Conductor size 1 conductor AWG 24 to AWG 12
Tightening torque N.m 0.5…0.6
Flat screwdriver mm 3

Input characteristics
Operating voltage V c 24

Logic inputs Logic state 1: I u 6 mA - 16 V


Logic state 0: I y 1.5 mA - 5 V

Discrete output characteristics


Control base type LUT M10BL LUT M20BL
Type Single break volt-free contacts

Load a.c. supply C 300 B 300


d.c. supply 24 V/5 A 24 V/5 A

Permissible power in cat. AC-15 For 500 000 VA 180 500


operating cycles

Permissible power in cat. DC-13 For 500 000 W 30 30


operating cycles

Associated protection A gG fuse, 4 gG fuse, 4

For use in association with contactor (2) Control voltage c 24 V: Control voltage a 100…240 V:
LP1K, LC1 D09…D95. LC1K, LC1D, LC1 F185…F500

Control voltage c 24…240 V:


LC1K, LC1D.

Characteristics of external current transformers


Precision Class 5P

Precision limit factor 10


Maximum operating temperature °C 70

Transformer ratio 30/1 50/1 100/1 200/1 400/1 800/1


Hole diameter mm 28 22 35 32 – –
Maximum wire c.s.a. mm 2 30 x 10 30 x 10 40 x 10 65 x 32 38 x 127 53 x 127

(1) Use a double cable end.


(2) For other combinations, use an intermediate relay between the output of controller LUTM and
the contactor coil.

References : Dimensions : Schemes :


page 1/77 page 1/77 page 1/77

1/95
Curves 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Tripping curves for control units LUCA, LUCB, LUCD


Average operating times at 20 °C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : ± 20 %.
1
Time (s)

1000

1
100

3
10

0,1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 20 30
x the setting current (Ir)

1 LUCD, 3 poles from cold state, class 20.


2 LUCA, LUCB, 3 poles from cold state, class 10.
3 LUCA, LUCB, LUCD, 3 poles from hot state.

Tripping curves for control units LUCC


Average operating times at 20 °C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : ± 20 %.
Time (s)

1000

1
100

2
10

0,1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 20 30
x the setting current (Ir)

1 LUCC, single-phase, cold state.


2 LUCC, single-phase, hot state.

References :
page 1/69

1/96
Curves (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Tripping curves for control units LUCM


Cold state curves
Average operating times at 20 °C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : ± 20 %. 1
10000
Time (s)

1000

100

10

Class 30
Class 25
Class 20
Class 15
Class 10
1 Class 5

0,1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 30
11 13 15 17 19
x the setting current (Ir)

References :
page 1/70

1/97
Curves (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Tripping curves for control units LUCM


Hot state curves
1 Average operating times at 20 °C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : ± 20 %

10000
Time (s)

1000

100

10

Class 30
Class 25
1 Class 20
Class 15
Class 10
Class 5

0,1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 30
11 13 15 17 19
x the setting current (Ir)

References :
page 1/70

1/98
Curves (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Current limitation on short-circuit


Ue = 460 V
1
Maximum current (kA)

100

10 2

0,1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100
Prospective Isc (kA)

1 Maximum peak current


2 32 A power base
3 12 A power base

Thermal limit on short-circuit


Ue = 460 V
Sum of I²dt (A²s) 103

1000

1
100

10

1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100
Prospective Isc (kA)

1 32 A power base
2 12 A power base

References :
pages 1/64 to 1/70

1/99
Selection guide 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Use in category AC-41

1 LUB 12

LUB 32
Millions of operating cycles

10
8

6
5
4

1
0,8
0,6
0,5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 32 40
Current broken in A

Use in category AC-43


Ue y 440 V Ue = 690 V
LUB 12

LUB 32

LUB 12

LUB 32
Millions of operating cycles

10
Millions of operating cycles

10
8 8

6 6
5 5
4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1
0,8 0,8
0,6 0,6
0,5 0,5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 32 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 21 32 40
Current broken in A Current broken in A
0,75
0,55

2,2

5,5

7,5
1,5

kW
230 V
0,55

0,75

7,5
1,5

2,2

5,5

15
11
4

kW
400 V
0,75
0,55

2,2

5,5

7,5
1,5

11

15
4

kW
440 V

References :
pages 1/64 to 1/70

1/100
Selection guide 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Use in category AC-44


Ue y 440 V Ue = 690 V
1

LUB 12
LUB 32

LUB 12
LUB 32
1 1

Millions of operating cycles


Millions of operating cycles

0,8 0,8
0,6 0,6
0,5 0,5
0,4 0,4
0,3 0,3

0,2 0,2

0,1 0,1
0,08 0,08
0,06 0,06
0,05 0,05
0,04 0,04
0,03 0,03

0,02 0,02

0,01 0,01
1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 66 100 200 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 60 100 200
40 60 80 170 40 54 80 126
Current broken in A Current broken in A

References :
pages 1/64 to 1/70

1/101
Dimensions 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Starter-controllers
Non-reversing Reversing

1 126
Rail mounting
126
Screw fixing
30 Ø4
Rail mounting Screw fixing
29 Ø4
X1

X2

73

163
154

233
224

120/125
X1

135 (1) 45 X2 135 (1)

Minimum electrical clearance: 45


X1 = 50 mm for Ue = 440 V and 70 mm for Ue = 500 and 690 V,
X2 = 0
(1) Maximum depth (with Modbus communication module)
Reverser block for mounting separately from power base
Rail mounting Screw fixing
Ø4
104
115

113 45 113 36

Sets of busbars and plug-in power sockets


GV2 G445 and GV2 G454 GV2 Gppp with terminal block GV1 G09 GV2 G245 and G254
a
l p l
18

GV1 G09
30
95

I
GV2 G245 (2 x 45) 89
GV2 G254 (2 x 54) 98

I P GV2 G554 GV2 G345 and G354


GV2 G445 (2 x 45) 179 45 260 l
GV2 G454 (2 x 54) 206 54

a
Number of tap-offs 5 6 7 8 I
GV2 G445 (2 x 45) 224 269 314 359 GV2 G345 (2 x 45) 134
GV2 G454 (2 x 54) 260 314 368 422 GV2 G354 (2 x 54) 152

AK5 JB144 AK5 PC13, PC33, PC33L


45,5
82

38 35,5
30

79
81

45

438
452

1/102
Dimensions 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Limiter-disconnector LUA LB1 Current limiter LA9 LB920


Disconnector LUA LB10
1
93
2ØM4

146

103
115
154

6 51
135 (1) 45
53,5
(1) Maximum depth (with Modbus communication module).
Door interlock mechanisms
LU9 AP00 Door cut-out

55
= =
54

= =
54
230
162

508 11,5 8 Ø7

Addressing consoles
XZ MC11 ASI TERV2
209

195

80 30 84 35

Modbus hub LU9 GC3


Splitter box LU9 G02
163
154

128 128 Ø4
45 30

1/103
Schemes 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Starter-controllers, 12 or 32 A
With standard, advanced or multifunction control unit
1 Non-reversing Reversing

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3
1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

13/NO
14/NO
21/NC
22/NC
Control Unit Control Unit
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3
A1
A2

Pre-wired

With control unit LUCC or LUCM


Connection of a single-phase motor
1 L1

5 L2

Reverser
3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

A3
B3
A1
B1
A2

81
84
82
13/NO
14/NO
21/NC
22/NC

Control Unit
Control terminal block

LU2B Reverser Motor Controller


U 2

V 6

A1
A2

A3

B3

A1

B1

A2

Reverser blocks
LU2M LU6M
Control terminal blocks
S1
1/L1

3/L2
5/L3

S2
S3

S1

S2

S3

LU6M Reverser Block


A3

B3

A1

B1

A2

Reverser
With pre-wired connector LU9M RC
S1

S2

S3

LU6M Reverser Block


2/T1

4/T2
6/T3

LU9M RC
81
84
82
A3
B3
A1
B1
A2

Pre-wired coil

Control terminal block Basic scheme


21
A2
13

A1

22
14

LU2M Reverser Motor Controller


LU6M
S2

S1

S3
A3

B3

A1

B1

A2

(1) S1 Start next stage


S2 Electrical interlocking
S3 Maintaining contact
B1 Forward

B3 Reverse

A3Reverse
A1Forward

B1 Maintain forward running


B3 Maintain reverse running
A1 Pulse forward running
A2

A2 Common
A3 Pulse reverse running
(1) Electronically operated bistable
electromagnet.

Add-on contact blocks Add-on contact modules


LUA1 C11 LUA1 C20 LUFN 20 LUFN 11 LUFN 02

17/NO 18/NO 17/NO 18/NO 33/NO 34/NO 43/NO 44/NO 31/NC 32/NC

95/NC 96/NC 97/NO 98/NO 43/NO 44/NO 31/NC 32/NC 41/NC 42/NC

1/104
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Control units
Standard control unit LUCA Advanced control unit (LUCB, LUCC, LUCD)
Basic scheme Basic scheme 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

LUCA LUCp
Power Base Interface Power Base Interface
Sensor Sensor
L1 L1

Sensor Control Sensor Control


L2 A.S.I.C. L2 A.S.I.C.
tr tr

Sensor Sensor
L3 L3

Thermal Supply and Thermal overload


Supply and memory
Detection of overload Detection of
start sequence memory start sequence
Test

Interface module
A1

A2

A1

A2
7 8 9 10 11 12

1 and 2 Trips 1 and 2 Trips


3 and 4 Electromagnet 3 and 4 Electromagnet
5 Power base rating 5 Power base rating
6 N/C 6 N/C
7 Weight
8 Thermal status/Set
9 Reset mode/Reset
10 (lm/Ir)
11 Vc2
12 Vc1
Multifunction control unit LUCM
Control terminal block

LUCM Multifonction Control Unit


+5V
D(A)
D(B)

24 V Aux
0V

4 5 7
6 8

Basic scheme

1 2 3 4 5 6

LUCM
Power Base Interface
Sensor Display and
L1 Parameter Entry

Control ESC ENT


Sensor
L2 A.S.I.C.

D(B)
Sensor 4
D(A)
L3 5
RS485 +5V 7
RJ45
0V
Supply and Thermal 8
detection of overload
start sequence memory

Supply
24 V Aux
Interface module
A1

A2

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 and 2 Trips
3 and 4 Electromagnet
5 Power base rating
6 N/C
7 Weight
8 N/C
9 Weight
10 (lm/Ir)
11 Rx/Tx
12 Vc1

1/105
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Function modules
Alarm Indication of motor load
1 LUF W10 LUFV 2
4-20 mA output

LUFW 10 Alarms Module LUFV 2 Analogue output Module

4...20 mA 24 V Aux 24 V Aux


07

08

NC

Basic scheme Basic scheme

Advanced Control Unit or Multifunction Control Unit Advanced Control Unit or Multifunction Control Unit

LUFW 10 LUFV 2
Input interface LED Supply Input interface Supply

µP - Analogue/Digital
converter

Isolation
Bistable Relay
Digital/Analogue
converter
07

08

Voltage/Current converter

4...20 mA c 24 V

100 Ω < load < 500 Ω c 30 V max and 40 mA min

1/106
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Communication modules
Communication modules ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51
Without pre-wired coil connection With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C 1
ASILUF C5 or ASILUF C51 AS-Interface Module ASILUF C5 or ASILUF C51 AS-Interface Module

AS-i AS-i
Com

OA1

OA3

LU9B N11C
Pre-wired coil

With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC

ASILUF C5 or ASILUF C51 AS-Interface Module

AS-i
LU9M RC
Pre-wired coil

Basic scheme

ASILUF C5
or

Ready-Fault-Pole ASILUF C51


LED

A2SI
Output Interface

c 24 V
Com

AS-i
OA1

OA3

1/107
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Communication modules (continued)


Modbus communication modules LUL C031 Modbus communication modules LUL C032 and LUL C033
1 Without pre-wired coil connection Without pre-wired coil connection

LUL C031 Modbus Module LUL C032 or LUL C033 Modbus Module
24 V 24 V

D(A)

D(A)
D(B)

D(B)
24 V Aux
c

0V

0V
Aux COM
Com

Com

Com
OA1

OA3

OA1

OA3
LO1

LO1

LI1

LI2
4 5 8
6 4 5 8
6

With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C

LUL C031 Modbus Module LUL C032 or LUL C033 Modbus Module
24 V 24 V
D(A)

D(A)
D(B)

D(B)
24 V Aux c
0V

0V
Aux COM
Com
LO1

LO1

LI1

LI2
LU9B N11C LU9B N11C
Pre-wired coil 4 5 8
6 Pre wired coil 4 5 8
6

With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC

LUL C031 Modbus Module LUL C032 or LUL C033 Modbus Module
24 V 24 V
D(A)

D(A)
D(B)

D(B)
24 V Aux
0V

0V
c Aux COM
Com
LO1

LO1

LI1

LI2
LU9M RC LU9M RC
Pre wired coil 4 5 8 Pre wired coil 4 5 8

Basic scheme Basic scheme

Advanced Control Unit or Multifunction Control Unit Advanced Control Unit or Multifunction Control Unit Controller

x6
LULC 031 LULC 032
Control unit interface or
Input interface Controller
interface LULC 033

Ready-Fault-Pole Address Ready-Fault-Pole


LED Address LED

D(B) D(B)
4 4
D(A) D(A)
RS485 5 Modbus RS485 5 Modbus
RJ45 0V RJ45
0V 8
8

AL1 AL1
Supply Supply
Output Interface AL2 Output Interface I/O interface AL2
24 V 24 V
Com
Com

Com

OA1
OA3

c
LO1

COM
OA1

OA3

LO1

LI1

LI2

24 V 24 V Aux Aux

1/108
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Communication modules (continued)


Parallel wiring modules
Without pre-wired coil connection With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC 1
LUF C00 Parallel bus Module LUF C00 Parallel bus Module
Com

OA1

OA3

Link // RJ45 LU9M RC Link // RJ45


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pre-wired coil 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C

LUF C00 Parallel bus Module

Link // RJ45
LU9B N11C
Pre-wired coil 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Basic scheme

LUF C00

Poles
Ready-
Fault
Com

OA3

OA1

RJ45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Forward running
2 Reverse running
3 Output common
4 Knob in position
5 Pole state
6 Reserved
7 Fault
8 Input common

1/109
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Communication modules (continued)


Wiring hub and splitter box
1 Modbus hub LU9G C3 Parallel wiring splitter box LU9 G02

X1 LU9 GC3 X1 LU9 G02


N/C Forward running
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
N/C Reverse running
N/C Output common Colours of
D (B) – N/C
D (A) + RJ 45 Pole state RJ 45 TSX CDPppp
N/C N/C X9 connection cable
N/C Fault Fault X1 wires (4)

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
0V Input common Fault X2 1 White
X2 Fault X3 2 Brown
X2
Fault X4 3 Green
X9 Fault X5 4 Yellow
N/C Fault X6 5 Grey
RJ 45
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

RJ 45
N/C Fault X7 6 Pink
N/C Fault X8 7 Blue
D (B) – Pole state X1 8 Red
X3 X3
RJ 45 D (A) + (2) Pole state X2 9 Black
N/C Pole state X3 10 Violet
24 V (1) Pole state X4 11 Grey-pink
RJ 45 RJ 45 Pole state X5 12 Red-blue
0V
Pole state X6 13 White-green
Pole state X7 14 Brown-green
X4 X4 Pole state X8 15 White-yellow
+ 24 V Aux 16 Yellow-brown
- 24 V Aux 17 White-grey
RJ 45 RJ 45 + 24 V Aux 18 Grey-brown
- 24 V Aux 19 White-pink
20 Pink-brown
X5 X5
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Forward running
N/C X10
RJ 45 X10 Output common Forward running X1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

N/C Forward running X2


Pole state RJ 45
Forward running X3
X6 RJ 45 N/C Forward running X4
Fault Forward running X5
Input common Forward running X6
RJ 45 X6 Forward running X7
Forward running X8
Reverse running X1
X7 RJ 45 (3) Reverse running X2
Reverse running X3
Reverse running X4
RJ 45 X7 N/C
N/C
N/C
Shielding

X8 RJ 45 N/C
+ c 24 V
- c 24 V
RJ 45 + c 24 V
X8
- c 24 V
RJ 45

c 24 V 24 V Aux
Shielding

Shielding
D (A) +

Outputs
D (B) –

Inputs
Com

Com
0V

0V

(1) Not connected on connectors X1 to X8. Only present on RJ45 IN and OUT connectors.
(2) 20-way HE 10 input connector.
(3) 20-way HE 10 output connector.
(4) Correspondence between wire colours and HE 10 connector pin numbers.

Gateways
LUF P1 LUF P7 LUF P9

LUF P1 Gateway Fip I/O - Modbus LUF P7 Gateway Profibus - Modbus LUF P9 Gateway DeviceNet - Modbus

24 V Aux 24 V Aux 24 V Aux


D(A)

D(A)

D(A)
D(B)

D(B)

D(B)
0V

0V
0v

X2 Fip I/O X1 X2 Profibus X1 X2 DeviceNet X1


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 8 1 2 3 4 5 4 5 8

1/110
Schemes (continued) 1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1

TeSys U starter-controllers

Data profile under AS-Interface


Control unit present in the product Standard Advanced Multifunction
Status D0
D1
Ready (available)
Poles closed (running)
1
Commands D0 Forward running
D1 Reverse running

Register addresses accessible under Modbus


Control unit present in the product Standard Advanced Multifunction
Marking Register 0…Register 99 Words…Bits Commercial reference, serial number, software version
Log Register 100…Register 450 Words…Bits Fault log, Operating log, Log of last 5 trips

Status Register 451…Register 464 Words…Bits Alarm signalling (bits), Fault signalling (bits)
Values Register 465…Register 473 Words Irms phase 1, phase 2, phase 3. Motor load, thermal status
Earth leakage current.
Phase imbalance and phase failure
Register 474…Register 599 Words…Bits Reserved
Configuration Register 600…Register 699 Words…Bits Protection and alarm thresholds, fallback mode and reset mode

Commands Register 700…Register 714 Words…Bits Commands

St